10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-34850

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	30-0278688
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

104 Cambridge Plaza Drive, Winston-Salem, NC	27104
(Address of principal executive office)	(Zip code)

(336) 331-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
$0.001 Par Value Common Stock	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Indicate by checkmark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by checkmark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ  No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o	Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o (Do not check if smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes o   No þ

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of June 30, 2013, was approximately $36,558,604 based on the closing sales price of the common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.

As of March 7, 2014, there were 24,076,244 shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 1, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	1
Item 1.  Business	1
Item 1A.  Risk Factors	15
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2.  Properties	32
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings	32
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures	32
PART II
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	33
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data	34
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	35
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	46
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	74
Item 9A.  Disclosure Controls and Procedures	74
Item 9B.  Other Information	74
PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	75
Item 11.  Executive Compensation	75
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	75
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	75
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services	75
PART IV
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	76
Signatures	80

Note:  Items 10-14 are incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement.

PART I

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This document includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include statements about our estimates, expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies for the future, and the assumptions underlying such statements.  We use the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should,” and similar expressions to identify our forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical experience or our present expectations.  Factors that could cause these differences include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth under Part I, Item 1A - Risk Factors.

Caution should be taken not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, which reflect the expectations of management only as of the time such statements are made.  Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Item 1.  Business

Company Background

Primo Water Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Primo”, “we”, “our,” “us”) is a leading provider of multi-gallon purified bottled water, self-service refill water and water dispensers sold through major retailers in the United States and Canada.  We believe the market for purified water is growing due to evolving taste preferences, perceived health benefits and concerns regarding the quality of municipal tap water. Our products provide an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for consuming purified and filtered water. We are a Delaware corporation that was founded in 2004 and is headquartered in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

Our business is designed to generate recurring demand for our purified bottled water or self-serve filtered drinking water through the sale of innovative water dispensers. This business strategy is commonly referred to as “razor-razorblade” because the initial sale of a product creates a base of users who frequently purchase complementary consumable products. We believe dispenser owners consume an average of 35 multi-gallon bottles of water annually. Once our bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles are exchanged at our recycling center displays, which provide a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the purchase of a new bottle of Primo purified water (“Exchange”) or they are refilled at a self-serve filtered drinking water location (“Refill”). Each of our multi-gallon water bottles can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled, substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of equivalent volumes of single-serve bottled water. As of December 31, 2013, our products and services were offered in each of the contiguous United States and in Canada at approximately 22,900 combined retail locations, including Lowe’s Home Improvement, Walmart, Kmart, Meijer, Kroger, Food Lion, H-E-B Grocery, Sobeys and Walgreens.

We provide major retailers throughout the United States and Canada with single-vendor solutions for Exchange and Refill services, addressing a market demand that we believe was previously unmet. Our solutions are easy for retailers to implement, require minimal management supervision and store-based labor, and provide centralized billing and detailed performance reports. Our Exchange solution offers retailers attractive financial margins and the ability to optimize typically unused retail space with our displays.  Our Refill solution provides filtered water through the installation and servicing of reverse osmosis water filtration systems in the back room of the retailer’s store location, which minimizes the usage of the customer’s retail space. The refill machine, which is typically accompanied by a sales display containing empty reusable bottles, is located within the retailer customer’s floor space. Additionally, due to the recurring nature of water consumption, retailers benefit from year-round customer traffic and highly predictable revenue.

1

On November 12, 2013, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement (the “DS Agreement”) with DS Waters of America, Inc. (“DS Waters”) pursuant to which DS Waters will act as the primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the Exchange business in the United States.  Pursuant to the agreement, DS Waters will become our primary bottler and distributor in the United States in all territories for which we do not currently have an existing distributor agreement and in other territories as existing distributor arrangements expire or are terminated.  We currently expect the transition from our current network of distributors to DS Waters to occur over a two year period.

Business Segments

We have two operating segments and two reportable segments:  Primo Water (“Water”) and Primo Dispensers (“Dispensers”).  See Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and “Note 14 – Segments” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.

Industry Overview

We believe there are several trends that support consumer demand for our Exchange and Refill services and water dispensers including the following:

Emphasis on Health and Wellness.  As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe consumers are increasingly focused on drinking greater quantities of water.

Concerns Regarding Quality of Municipal Tap Water.  Many consumers purchase bottled water because of concerns regarding municipal tap water quality.  Municipal water is typically surface water that is treated centrally and pumped to homes, which can allow chemical contaminants to dissolve into the water through municipal or household pipes impacting taste and quality and present microbiological contaminants from cracks in municipal pipes.

Growing Preference for Purified Water.We believe consumer preference toward purified water relative to tap water continues to grow as purified water has become accepted on a mainstream basis.  While it is difficult to quantify purified water consumption in all of its forms, according to a 2012 report by industry consulting firm Beverage Marketing Corp. Americans spent $21.7 billion on bottled water in 2011.

Increasing Demand for Products with Lower Environmental Impact.  We believe that consumers are increasingly favoring products with a lower environmental impact with a “reuse, recycle, reduce” mindset becoming a common driver of consumer behavior.  Most single-serve polyethylene terephthalate (“PET”) water bottles are produced using fossil fuels and contribute to landfill waste given that only 29% of PET bottles are recycled according to a May 2013 Environmental Protection Agency report.  Governmental legislation also reflects these concerns with the passage of “bottle bills” in many jurisdictions that tax the purchase of plastic water bottles, require deposits with the purchase of certain plastic bottles, prohibit the use of government funds to purchase plastic water bottles and ban certain plastic bottles from landfills.

Availability of an Economical Exchange Service, Refill Service and Innovative Water Dispensers.  Based on estimates derived from industry data, we believe the current household penetration rate of multi-gallon water dispensers is estimated to be 4.4% in the United States, with the vast majority of these households utilizing traditional home delivery services.  We believe the lack of innovation, design enhancement and functionality and the retail pricing structure of our competitors’ dispenser models have prevented greater household adoption.  Compounding these issues, we believe there previously was no economical water bottle exchange and refill service with major retailer relationships throughout the United States and Canada to promote dispenser usage beyond the traditional home delivery model.  We believe our Exchange and Refill services provide this alternative and we believe we are currently the only provider delivering a solution to retailers throughout United States and Canada.  We believe there are over 200,000 major retail locations throughout the United States and Canada that we can target to sell our dispensers or offer our Exchange service and Refill services.

2

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that Primo’s competitive strengths include the following:

Appeal to Consumer Preferences

· Environmental Awareness. Both our Exchange and Refill services incorporate the reuse of existing bottles, recycle water bottles when their lifecycle is complete and reduce landfill waste and fossil fuel usage compared to alternative methods of bottled water consumption.

· Value. We provide consumers the opportunity for cost savings when consuming our bottled water compared to both single-serve bottled water and typical home and office delivery services.  Our water dispensers are sold at attractive retail prices in order to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our Exchange and Refill services, increase household penetration and drive sales of our purified and filtered water.

· Convenience. Our Exchange and Refill services and water dispensers are available at major retail locations in the United States and Canada.  In addition, our Exchange and Refill services provide consumers the convenience of either exchanging empty bottles and purchasing full bottles or refilling the empty bottles at any participating retailer.

· Taste. We have dedicated significant time and effort to develop our water purification process and formulate the proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in our Primo purified water offered through our Exchange service.  We believe that Primo purified water has a silky smooth taste profile.

· Health and Wellness. As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe that consumers are increasingly focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of other beverages.  As we raise our brand awareness, we believe consumers will recognize that our water bottle exchange and refill services are an effective option for their water consumption needs.

Key Retail Relationships Served by a Single-Vendor Solution.  We believe we are the only provider of Exchange and Refill services with a single-vendor solution for retailers in the United States and Canada.  Our direct sales force actively pursues headquarters-based retail relationships to better serve our retail customers and to minimize layers of approval and decision-making with regard to the addition of new retail locations.  Our bottling and distribution network utilizes our MIS tools and processes to optimize their production and distribution assets while servicing our retail customers.  We believe the combination of our major retail relationships, unique single-vendor solution for retail customers, bottling and distribution network and our MIS tools is difficult to replicate.  We anticipate these factors will facilitate our introduction of new purified water-related products in the future.

Ability to Attract and Retain Consumers.  We offer “razor-razorblade” products designed to generate recurring demand for Primo water (the razorblade) through the initial sale of our innovative water dispensers (the razor), which often include a coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of Primo Exchange or Refill services.  We acquire new consumers and enhance recycling efforts by accepting most dispenser-compatible water bottles in exchange for a recycle ticket discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water.  In addition, we believe our offering of high-quality water dispensers enhances consumer awareness and adoption of our Exchange and Refill services, increases household penetration and drives sales of our Water.

Efficient Business Model.  Our business model allows us to efficiently offer our solutions to our retail partners and centrally manage our bottling and distribution network without a substantial capital investment.  We believe our business processes and MIS tools enable us to manage the bottling and distribution of our Water, servicing of our refill locations, our product quality, retailer inventory levels and the return of used bottles on a centralized basis, leveraging our invested capital and personnel.

3

Benefit from Management’s Proven Track Record.  We benefit greatly from management experience gained over the last 20 years in exchange businesses to implement and refine best practices and develop and maintain key business relationships.  In addition to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and Senior VP / General Manager – Consumer Innovation and Global Sourcing all held comparable positions within the Blue Rhino organization during its rapid sales and location growth.  Our Chief Operating Officer, who joined the Company in December 2012, was previously employed by Coinstar, Inc. where he was instrumental in building the Redbox exchange business.

Growth Strategy

We seek to increase our market share and drive further growth in our business by pursuing the following strategies:

Increase Penetration with Existing Retail Relationships and Develop New Retail Relationships.  We believe we have significant opportunities to increase store penetration with our existing retail relationships.  As of December 31, 2013, our Exchange and Refill services were offered at approximately a combined 15,700 of our top ten retailers’ locations.  Such retailers present us an opportunity of approximately 25,000 additional Exchange or Refill locations.  There is minimal overlap where our Exchange and Refill services are offered.  We intend to further penetrate our other existing retail customers with our supplementary hydration solutions which collectively provide us the opportunity to be present in more than 50,000 additional Exchange or Refill locations.

Our long-term strategy includes increasing our locations to 50,000 to 60,000 retail store locations (which includes new locations with our existing retail customers) within our primary retail categories of home centers, hardware stores, mass merchants, membership warehouses, grocery stores, office supply stores, drug stores and discount general merchandise stores for our Exchange and Refill services.  We believe that the introduction of additional hydration solutions to our product portfolio will allow us to cross-sell products to our existing and newly-acquired retail customers.

Drive Consumer Adoption Through Innovative Water Dispenser Models.  We intend to continue to develop and sell innovative water dispensers at attractive retail prices, which we believe is critical to increasing consumer awareness and driving consumer adoption of our Water services.  We believe the current household penetration rate of multi-gallon water dispensers is approximately 4.4% in the United States.Our long term strategy is to provide multiple purified water-based-beverages from a single Primo water dispenser, which we believe will lead to greater household penetration, with consistent promotion of our Exchange and Refill services to supply the purified water.  At December 31, 2013, we offered our water dispensers at approximately 7,200 locations in the United States, including Lowes Home Improvement, Walmart, Kmart, Target, Sam’s Club, and Costco.

Increase Same Store Sales.  We sell our water dispensers at minimal margin and often provide a coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of water with the sale of various water dispensers at certain retailers to drive consumer demand for our Exchange and Refill services.  We believe increasing unit sales of Primo Water is dependent on generating greater consumer awareness of the environmentally friendly and economical aspects of and the convenience associated with our purified bottled water and our Exchange and Refill services.  We expect that our branding, cross-promotion marketing and sales efforts will result in greater usage of our Exchange and Refill services.

Develop and Install Other Hydration Solutions.  We believe we have significant opportunities to leverage our bottling and distribution network and our systems and processes to offer other environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy hydration solutions to our retail partners without significant increases in our centralized costs.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions to Augment Geographic and Retail Relationships. We believe opportunities exist to expand through selective acquisitions, including smaller water bottle exchange businesses with established retail accounts, other on-premises self-service water refill machine networks and retail accounts, ice dispenser machine networks and retail accounts and water dispenser or other beverage-related appliance companies.

4

Product Overview

Water.  We have dedicated significant time and effort in developing our water purification process and formulating the proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in the purified bottled water offered through our Exchange service.  Our proprietary blend of mineral ingredients was developed with the assistance of consultants and several months of lab work and taste tests and has what we believe to be a silky smooth taste.  To ensure that our safety standards are met and United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and industry standards are met or exceeded, each production lot of our purified water undergoes chemical and microbiological testing by the bottler and all facilities bottling Primo purified water undergo regular hygiene audits by a third party hired by us.   Our Refill service consists of carbon filtration and a reverse osmosis water filtration system that provides filtered drinking water, which is periodically tested for quality. All state or industry standards related to our purified or filtered water are met or exceeded.

Water Bottles.  We currently source three- and five-gallon water bottles from multiple independent vendors for use in our Exchange service.  Each of our Primo water bottles includes a handle designed for easy transportation and lifting when installing the bottle onto or into one of our water dispensers.  Our bottles also include a specially designed cap that prevents spills when carrying or installing.  For our Refill service, we offer empty reusable one-, two-, three- and five-gallon bottles for a sales display that typically accompany a refill machine, which are sourced from several manufacturers.

Water Dispensers.  We currently source and market two lines of water dispensers comprised of approximately 29 models.  Our dispensers are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water.  Our dispensers have manufacturer suggested retail prices that range from $299.99 for our top-of-the-line bottom-loading model with a coffee maker to $9.99 for a simple pump that can be installed on a bottle and operated by hand.  Currently, more than 75% of our dispenser sales are attributable to our bottom- and top-loading products.  Consistent with our environmental focus, our electric dispensers are Energy Star® rated, and, we believe, utilize less energy than competing water dispensers without this industry rating. Currently, all of our water dispensers are manufactured by independent suppliers in China.

Primo Water Marketing

Our marketing efforts focus primarily on developing and maintaining a brand identity synonymous with an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for purified water consumption.  We direct our marketing efforts as close as possible to the point of sale to strengthen our brand and promote consumer awareness of our Exchange service.  We believe our Exchange service develops consumer loyalty through the use of our recycling tickets, while our Refill services develop consumer loyalty through preferred pricing.  Our marketing efforts include the following initiatives: (i) prominent display of our Primo logo and distinctive four-bubble design on water bottles, sales and recycling displays and water dispensers; (ii) highly visible sales and recycling center displays; and (iii) regular cross marketing promotions.

5

The Primo Supply Chain

Water Purification and Bottling

In our Exchange services our independent bottlers are responsible for the water purification and bottling process and use their own equipment to complete this process.  Our bottling process begins with either spring water or water from a public source that is processed through a pre-filtration stage to remove large particles.  The water is then passed through polishing filters to catch smaller particles followed by a carbon filtration process that removes odors, tastes, sanitization by-products and pharmaceutical chemicals.  A microfiltration process then removes microbes before the water is passed through a softener to increase the purification efficiency.  The water next passes through the last phase of reverse osmosis or distillation, completing the purification process.  After the purification process is complete, our proprietary blend of mineral ingredients is injected into the water followed by the final ozonation process to sanitize the water.  Each of our production lots is placed on a 48-hour hold to allow for testing by the bottler and to ensure successful compliance with chemical and microbiological standards.  We have the ability to trace each bottle of Primo water to its bottling and distributor sources, and we regularly perform recall tests to ensure our ability to react to a contamination event should it occur.

Our distributors are responsible for collecting empty Primo bottles and other dispenser-compatible bottles that are deposited into our recycling center displays.  At the completion of the delivery cycle, a distributor inspects the exchanged bottles for reusability and coordinates the recycling efforts with our operations personnel to ensure that reuse of each water bottle we receive in the exchange process is being optimized.  Our water bottles can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled, substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of similar amounts of single-serve PET bottled water.  Bottles that pass a distributor’s initial inspection are subject to three washing cycles to wash and disinfect.  Bottles are then passed through two sanitization stages before a final rinse with hyper-ozonated water to kill or inactivate any microbes that remain at that point in the sanitization process.  The water bottles are then ready to be filled with our purified water.

Reverse Osmosis Water Filtration Systems

The reverse osmosis water filtration systems used in our Refill service are placed under services agreements with retail customers who pay fees based on the number of gallons of water used or dispensed by the system.  Under this program we own the water filtration system and the required service and maintenance on the systems is performed by our independent distributors or company service technicians.  Meter read data necessary for billing our retail customers is transmitted to us electronically or obtained by the distributor or company service technician during a visit to the retail location.

The reverse osmosis water filtration system is comprised of two components: reverse osmosis water filtration equipment and a refill machine.  The water filtration equipment is typically installed in the back room of a retail location and all such equipment generally has the same component filters and parts.  A water line is installed from the water filtration equipment to the refill machine.  The retail customer will specify the location of the refill machine, which is typically in the water aisle or back wall of the store.  The retail customer is responsible for the plumbing, electrical and drainage requirements of an installation.

The regular maintenance, completed by our distributors or company service technicians, generally includes a monthly sanitization of the refill machine, a monthly system component check and any necessary preventative maintenance resulting from such component check and may include a water test for regulatory purposes. The various jurisdictions in which we operate have specific weekly, bimonthly, monthly, quarterly or annual water testing reporting requirements with which our distributors comply, but they perform water tests on each refill machine unit at least quarterly.

We outsource an operations team which assembles, refurbishes and repairs the refill machines.  This team routinely refurbishes equipment that has been in service for several years or when a customer requests a refreshed system.  The operations team also procures new filtration systems component parts and assembles the units and ships them to locations for installation by our distributors.  The component parts are generally sourced from multiple suppliers.

6

Distribution Network

We rely on our bottling and distribution network to deliver our Exchange and Refill solutions to retailers.  Our Exchange process begins when a distributor is directed through our proprietary MIS tool, PrimoLink, to stock or replenish Exchange locations.  PrimoLink enables our distributors to review delivery quantities and tentative scheduling requirements in their territory.  Our systems provide anticipated demand based on historical sales and, to the extent available, retailer point of sale (“POS”) data.  Each distributor is provided information to enable the distributor to load a truck with the appropriate inventory to stock or restock the Exchange sales displays on its route, including a tailored amount of excess bottles as safety stock.  Upon arrival at each retail location, the driver first visits the recycling center display to collect empty Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottles.  The driver enters data related to empty bottles on a handheld device to collect exchange efficiency information and potential customer conversion data and then loads empty bottles onto the truck.  The driver next checks the in-store sales display to compare the number of remaining bottles of water with the anticipated demand report generated by our MIS tools.  After entering current stock levels, the driver replenishes the sales display.

At the completion of the delivery cycle and after inspection of the bottles, our distributors are responsible for coordinating the sanitization and bottling process with our bottlers.  In addition, distributors must run end-of-day reports on their handheld devices which transmit crucial data points into our databases and validate daily activity.  Our handheld devices also capture electronic signatures, significantly reducing paper exchange.  This greatly improves our verification procedures and enhances our environmental efforts.  We have the ability to test and refine procedures through our Company-operated distribution system before implementing them with our independent distributors nationwide.  In addition, we regularly solicit feedback from our independent distributors to improve processes.

As described above, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement with DS Waters in November 2013 pursuant to which DS Waters will act as the primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the Exchange business in the United States.  We expect to transition the majority of the distribution responsibilities in our Exchange services to DS Waters over the course of the next two years.

Our Refill process begins when a distributor is directed through a proprietary dispatching MIS Tool, to schedule meter readings, quality testing, preventative maintenance and repairs.  Our systems allow the distributor to see the previous meter read or previous performed preventative maintenance.  For certain customers, meter readings and other data are transmitted to us electronically, allowing for proactive, remote monitoring and reducing unnecessary visits to customer locations.   The distributors are responsible for the initial installation of the reverse osmosis water filtration systems, the regular maintenance of the systems, any necessary repairs, routine water testing and monthly meter reading to determine retail customer water usage.  In certain regions with a dense retail footprint we utilize company service technicians rather than independent distributors to service Refill customer locations.  In these regions, we believe that this approach results in lower costs and improved service and brand presence.

Flow of Payments and Capital Requirements

We control the flow of payments between our retail customers and our bottlers and distributors through electronic data interchange.  Depending on the retailer, our distributors either present the store manager with an invoice for the bottles delivered or meter reading or our systems electronically bill the retailer.  We believe our Exchange service provides five-gallon bottles of purified water that typically cost a consumer between $5.99 and $6.99, after giving effect to the discount provided by our recycling ticket, while our Refill service typically costs a consumer between $0.25 and $0.50 per gallon, depending upon the location and the retailer’s overall pricing strategy.

We generally compensate our distributors with a fixed payment per delivered Exchange water bottle.  We compensate our independent Refill services providers on a fixed service fee per location or a commission based upon a percentage of total revenues at the locations for which the distributor is responsible, subject to minimum and maximum amounts.  Due to the high degree of automation during our billing and inventory management procedures, we are able to leverage our centralized personnel and believe we will be able to significantly expand our business with minimal increases in variable costs.

7

We focus our capital investments on developing new retail relationships, installing new store locations, raising brand awareness, research and development for new products and maintaining our MIS tools.  We are also responsible for the centralized operations and personnel, sales and recycling displays, bottles, closures, transportation racks, mineral packets and mineral injectors, reverse osmosis equipment and parts, displays and handheld devices.  Our bottling and distribution network typically has made the capital investment required to operate our services, including a majority of the capital expenditures related to the bottling, sanitization and refill process and the distribution assets such as delivery trucks and warehouse storage.  Participation in our Exchange or Refill service does not typically require the independent bottlers and distributors to make substantial new investments because they often are able to augment their current production capacity and leverage their existing bottling and distribution assets.  In addition, many of our major retail customers have invested their capital to expand store locations and generate customer traffic.

Retailer Relationships

We target major retailers with either a national footprint or a significant regional concentration. Our relationships are diversified among the following retail categories and major accounts:

Retail Category	Major Accounts
Home Centers / Hardware Stores	Lowe’s Home Improvement, Ace Hardware, True Value
Mass Merchants	Walmart, Target, Kmart, Meijer
Grocery Stores	Kroger, Food Lion, Safeway, Sobeys, H-E-B, Hy-Vee
Membership Warehouses	Sam’s Club, Costco
Drug Stores	Walgreens
Office retail	Office Depot

Retailer Opportunity.  We offer retailers a single-vendor solution for our Exchange and Refill services.  Our services provide retailers with a year-round consumer product and an opportunity to increase sales and profits with minimal labor and financial investment. Through our bottling and distribution network, we are able to service major retailers nationwide.  Retailers benefit from our Exchange and Refill services that offer high margin and generate productivity from often underutilized interior and exterior retail space.  In addition, these services have the potential to increase retailers’ sales of ancillary products through increased traffic from repeat water consumers, who we believe purchase an average of 35 water bottles annually.

Account Set-Up.  We actively pursue headquarters-based retail relationships to better serve our retail partners and minimize layers of approval and decision-making with regard to the roll-out of our Exchange or Refill service to multiple locations.  Upon confirmation of new retail locations, we coordinate with the retailer and distributor to schedule openings in a timely manner.  We actively assist retailers in developing site plans for the setup of our sales and recycling center displays and reverse osmosis water filtration systems.  While retailer setup preferences may vary, retailers often like to locate the recycling center display prominently on the exterior of their store to ease the transaction process, showcase their recycling and environmental efforts and conserve inside floor space while at the same time promoting the Primo brand.

Account Service.  Our Exchange and Refill services are turn-key programs for retailers in which we and our distributors actively service each retail account.  After the retail location is established, our distributors complete on-site training and have an economic interest in supporting and growing the business relationship to increase product throughput.

Sales Support.  While distributors service our retail accounts, the customer relationship is “owned” and maintained by our experienced retail sales organization, which allows us to develop strong brand affinity and maintain key headquarters-based relationships to secure and maintain our retail network. Our retail relationships are divided into regions and managed by our sales personnel.  This combined team is responsible for selling and supporting our Exchange and Refill services to targeted retailers.

Significant Customers.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, Walmart and Lowe’s Home Improvement represented approximately 45% and 25% of our consolidated net sales, respectively.

8

Bottler and Distributor Network

Bottler and Distributor Opportunity.  We provide independent bottlers and distributors with an attractive business opportunity, complementing many of their existing operations.  As described above, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement with DS Waters in November 2013 pursuant to which DS Waters will act as the primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the U.S. Exchange business.  We continually pursue new relationships and additional locations with existing retail partners to increase the production at each bottler’s manufacturing facility and the retail customer density within each distributor’s territory.

Bottler and Distributor Standards.  We work very closely with our bottling and distribution network to ensure their production and storage standards meet or exceed the requirements of the FDA and other industry regulations.  As we seek to promote our brand, we believe it is critical to provide bottled water that has consistent taste and is produced in a manner that exceeds current industry requirements.  We regularly monitor, test and arrange for third-party audits of each bottling facility.

In addition, we regularly monitor our distributors’ performance to ensure a high level of account service. Distributors are generally required to develop an infrastructure sufficient to complete customer installations within 30 days of the notification of a newly established account, monitor and maintain inventory levels with assigned retail accounts and resolve water bottle stock-outs within 36 hours.

Bottler and Distributor Selection Process.  We have selectively identified and pursued high quality independent bottlers and distributors that can support our major retailers nationwide.  We screen all independent bottler and distributor candidates by reviewing credit reports, safety records and manufacturing compliance reports, and conducting management reference checks.  As a result of this thorough selection process, we have established what we believe to be highly dependable relationships with our independent bottlers and distributors.  We believe we have a positive relationship with each of these parties and our senior executives have maintained a business relationship with many of our key distributors since they were managing operations at Blue Rhino Corporation.  As a result of our entry into the strategic alliance agreement with DS Waters, we expect that the number of independent bottlers and distributors that support our Exchange business will decrease substantially over the course of the next two years.

Bottler and Distributor Services.  We currently employ raw material procurement and supply chain personnel who perform periodic inventory audits and month-end review procedures.  In addition we have operations personnel who manage our independent bottler and distributor relationships, including training and monitoring personnel and activities.  We also employ customer service personnel who handle bottler, distributor, retailer and end-user phone calls.

Company-Owned Distribution Operations.  As of December 31, 2013, we owned and operated a single distributor that has Exchange distribution responsibilities for certain regions of North Carolina.

Independent Distributor Agreements.  With respect to our Exchange service, we have entered into distributor agreements with each of our independent distributors on substantially similar terms.  While individual agreements contain variances and exceptions, the material terms of such agreements are described generally below.  As of December 31, 2013, no individual bottler or distributor is material to our overall financial condition or results of operations. As described above, we expect DS Waters will become our primary bottler and distributor in the United States in all territories for which we do not currently have an existing distributor agreement and in other territories as existing regional operator arrangements expire or are terminated.  As this transition occurs, we expect that DS Waters will become material to our overall financial condition and results of operations.

Independent Bottler Certification Agreement.  In our independent bottler certification agreement, we appoint a bottler as a non-exclusive supplier of our purified drinking water.  The bottler is restricted from competing with us during the term of the agreement and for a specified period after the term in a specified geography.

The bottler is required to bottle and deliver product in conformance with our specifications, including our proprietary mineral formula. The bottler must ensure that our bottled water products comply with applicable state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations (including those of the FDA and Health Canada) and our quality requirements.  The agreement also imposes requirements on the bottler with respect to the maintenance of its facilities and equipment that are intended to ensure the quality of our products.

9

Besides requiring that bottlers meet all of the food safety product requirements and the Primo quality standards, the bottler certification agreement also requires the bottlers to follow the Primo brand specifications in all fashions.  The bottlers must ensure that the product meets all of the brand standards.  Bottlers are also bound in the agreement to keep all Primo intellectual property and trade secrets confidential.

Historically, we have provided the necessary bottles, caps, labels, transportation racks, mineral injectors and formula minerals at no charge to the bottler to support the bottling and supply of our bottled water products.  The bottler is required to maintain inventory levels necessary to satisfy our production requirements.  Product may not be released for shipment until the bottler meets all applicable quality requirements.

Exchange Distribution Agreement.  In our independent distributor agreement for the Exchange service, we grant a distributor the right to serve as our exclusive delivery and service agent and representative with respect to our bottled water exchange service for a specified term in a specified geographic territory.  The distributor is restricted from competing with us during the term of the agreement and for a specified period after the term in the specified geography.  We have the right, at any time, to purchase a distributor’s rights under the agreement, along with related distribution equipment, for an amount based on the distributor’s revenues under the agreement for the prior twelve-month period and the fair market value of the equipment being purchased.

The distributor must perform its services under the agreement in conformance with our distributor manual and all applicable laws and regulations, including those of the FDA and Health Canada.

We compensate a distributor for its services while maintaining a direct relationship with and collecting payments from our retailer customers within the distributor’s service territory.  Pricing is set forth in the agreement, and we have the right to modify pricing and payment terms on thirty days’ notice to the distributor.

The agreements generally have a ten-year term, and if not otherwise terminated, automatically renew for successive one-year terms after the initial ten-year term.  Either party may terminate the agreement for, among other reasons, an uncured material breach by the other party.

Refill Standards.  We work very closely with our distributors of our refill services to ensure operation and sanitation standards meet or exceed the requirements of state regulations, requirements, NAMA standards, other industry standards and the Primo Water standard.  As we seek to promote our brand, we believe it is critical to provide filtered drinking water and is produced in a manner that exceeds current industry requirements.  We regularly monitor, test and arrange for third-party hygiene testing of production and dispenser units.

In addition, we regularly monitor our distributors’ performance to ensure a high level of account service. Our distributors are generally required to develop an infrastructure sufficient to complete customer installations within 30 days of the notification of a newly established account, monitor and maintain production and dispenser operation and quality and resolve production unit and dispenser failures within 36 hours.

Refill Services Agreements.  Our independent distributors of our Refill services are responsible for the initial installation of the reverse osmosis water filtration systems, the regular maintenance of the systems, any necessary repairs, routine water testing and monthly meter reading to determine retail customer water usage.

10

Management Information Systems

We have made a substantial investment in MIS tools which enhance our ability to process orders, manage inventory and accounts receivable, maintain distributor and customer information, maintain cost-efficient operations and assist distributors in delivering products and services on a timely basis.  Our technology utilizes highly integrated, scalable software applications that cost-effectively support our network of retail partners.  Our MIS tools also allow us to analyze historical trends and data to further enhance the execution, service and identification of new markets and marketing opportunities.  The primary components of our systems include the following:

Sales and Marketing Support Systems.  We operate a single customer relationship management database that integrates all financial and transaction-based data with respect to each retail account.  Our MIS tools provide our account managers and customer service specialists access to crucial data to effectively manage each bottler, distributor and retail relationship.

Bottler and Distributor Level Technology.  Our distribution process is highly automated and scalable.  Our technology allows bottlers and distributors timely access to information for customer support needs and provides access to real-time data to enhance decisions. In addition, each distributor is electronically linked to our systems with our proprietary PrimoLink software.  PrimoLink enables distributors to review Exchange delivery quantities and tentative scheduling requirements across our entire bottling and distribution network.  In addition, our MIS tools allow drivers to update delivery, inventory and invoicing information through handheld devices.  This technology provides retailers with accurate and timely Exchange inventory and invoices and assists each distributor in managing its responsibilities.

Financial Integration.  We utilize Microsoft’s Dynamics GP software as our core platform which interfaces with all of our systems.  Each handheld device is based on Microsoft’s operating system and ensures integration within our reporting and financial databases.  All transactions are validated and data is imported into our database tables and mapped to corresponding accounting ledgers.

Manufacturing and Sourcing

Our manufacturing strategy is to utilize independent manufacturers to produce empty water bottles, sales displays and recycle centers, refill machines and water dispensers at a reasonable cost.  We believe that using independent manufacturers has several advantages over our manufacturing these items directly, including (i) decreased capital investment in manufacturing plants and equipment and working capital, (ii) the ability to leverage independent manufacturers’ purchasing relationships for lower materials costs, (iii) minimal fixed costs of maintaining unused manufacturing capacity and (iv) the ability to utilize our suppliers’ broad technical and process expertise.

Currently, all of our water dispensers are assembled by independent manufacturers in China, which utilize several sub-suppliers to provide components and subassemblies.  We have the sole North American rights to develop products with certain manufacturers and each dispenser unit is produced to our design specifications.  Each unit is inspected and tested for quality by the manufacturer’s personnel prior to shipment and any units returned by consumers or retailers are reported to the manufacturer, who issues a credit, replacement or refund.

Our water bottles and caps are produced by multiple independent vendors throughout the United States.  We select suppliers based on price, quality and geographic proximity to our bottlers and retail customers.  We only purchase water bottles for our Exchange services with handles as a convenience feature for consumers.

Our sales displays, recycle centers and refill machines are made to our design.  We frequently request bids from multiple independent manufacturers to achieve optimal pricing.

11

Product Design and Development

A primary focus of our product research and development efforts is developing innovative water dispensers as part of our strategy to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our Exchange and Refill services, increase household penetration and drive sales of our water.  We continually work to improve water dispenser features, seek to lower manufacturing costs so that our innovative products are more affordable and introduce new models.  Innovative improvements developed in cooperation with our manufacturing partners include bottom-loading dispensers, self-cleaning and faster water dispensing capabilities.  Our water dispenser models are designed to appeal to consumers of diverse demographic audiences. In 2012, we began selling the first water dispenser model that includes a 12-cup drip coffee maker.  In addition, we are developing a water dispenser product that provides consumers the ability to dispense hot and cold still water as well as brew hot single-serve beverages.

Competition

We participate in the highly competitive bottled water segment of the nonalcoholic beverage industry.  While the industry is dominated by large and well-known international companies, numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market niches.  We believe we have a unique business model in the bottled water market in the United States in that we not only offer three- and five-gallon bottled water on a nationwide basis but also provide consumers the ability to exchange their used containers as part of our Exchange service. We believe that we are one of the first companies to provide a national Exchange service at retail. While we are aware of a few direct competitors that operate similar networks, we believe they operate on a much smaller scale than we do and do not have equivalent MIS tools or bottler and distributor capabilities to effectively support major retailers nationwide. Competitive factors with respect to our business include pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs, product innovation, efficient production and distribution techniques, introduction of new packaging, and brand and trademark development and protection.

Our primary competitor in our United States Exchange business is Nestlé. Nestlé offers this service on a regional basis, but not on a national basis. However, Nestlé is a leading consumer products company, has substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, has established a strong brand presence with consumers and has established relationships with retailers, manufacturers, bottlers and distributors necessary to start an exchange business at retail locations nationwide should they decide to do so. In addition to competition between firms within the bottled water industry, the industry itself faces significant competition from other non-alcoholic beverages, including carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices, sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.

We also compete directly and indirectly in the water dispenser marketplace. This marketplace is diverse and faces competition from other methods of purified water consumption such as countertop filtration systems, faucet mounted filtration systems, in-line whole-house filtration systems, water filtration dispensing products such as pitchers and jugs, standard and advanced feature water coolers and refrigerator-dispensed filtered and unfiltered water.

Our Refill service also participates in the highly competitive purified water segment of the nonalcoholic beverage industry.  While the industry is dominated by large and well-known international companies, numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market niches.  Our Refill service business model is differentiated from most of the participants in the North American nonalcoholic beverage industry in that it offers self-service refill of drinking water.  There are a few direct competitors that offer similar refill services, but with the exception of Glacier Water Services, Inc., we believe these direct competitors generally operate on a smaller geographical and operational scale than our Refill service.  Our Refill service faces two levels of competition: (i) competition at the retail customer level to secure placement of its reverse osmosis water filtration systems in the store; and (ii) competition at an end-user level to convince consumers to purchase its water versus other options.  Competitive factors with respect to our Refill service include pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs, retail placement, introduction of new packaging and branding.

12

Many of the indirect competitors in the bottled water segment of the nonalcoholic beverage industry are leading consumer products companies, have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, have established a strong brand presence with consumers and have established relationships with retailers, manufacturers, bottlers and distributors necessary to start a self-service drinking water refill business at North American retail locations should they decide to do so.  In addition to competition between firms within the bottled water industry, the industry itself faces significant competition from other nonalcoholic beverages, including carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices, sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.

Intellectual Property and Trademarks

We believe that our intellectual property provides a competitive advantage and we have invested substantial time, effort and capital in establishing and protecting our intellectual property rights.  We have filed certain patent applications and trademark registration applications and intend to seek additional patents, to develop additional trademarks and seek federal registrations for such trademarks and to develop other intellectual property.  We consider our Primo name and related trademarks and our other intellectual property to be valuable to our business and the establishment of a national branded bottled water exchange service.  We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other arrangements to protect our proprietary rights.  We own ten United States federal trademark registrations, including registrations for our Primo® and Taste Perfection® trademarks, our Primo® logo and our distinctive four bubble design.  U.S. federal trademark registrations generally have a perpetual duration if they are properly maintained and renewed.  We also own a pending application to register our Zero Waste. Perfect Tastetm trademark in the United States and Canada for use in association with drinking water dispensers, bottled drinking water and a variety of other non-alcoholic beverages.  In addition, the design of our recycling center displays is protected by four United States design patents and two Canadian industrial design registrations.  The United States design patents expire between May 2021 and April 2022 and, the Canadian industrial design registrations expire in May 2017.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our product development, business processes and operating activities.  We regard portions of our proprietary MIS tools, various algorithms used in our business and the composition of our mineral formula to be valuable trade secrets of Primo.  We seek to protect this information through appropriate efforts to maintain its secrecy, including confidentiality agreements.

Governmental Regulation

The conduct of our businesses and the production, distribution, advertising, promotion, labeling, safety, transportation, sale and use of our products are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state, provincial and local governmental agencies in the United States and Canada. It is our policy to abide by the laws and regulations that apply to us, and we require our bottling, manufacturing, and distributing partners to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to them.

We are required to comply with:

· federal laws, such as the US Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Canadian Food and Drug Act and the US Occupational Safety and Health Act;

· customs and foreign trade laws and regulations;

· state and provincial consumer protection laws;

· federal, state, provincial and local environmental, health and safety laws;

· laws governing equal employment opportunity and workplace activities; and

· various other federal, state, provincial and local statutes and regulations.

13

We maintain environmental, health and safety policies and a quality, environmental, health and safety program designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

The FDA regulates bottled water as a food under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Our bottled water must meet FDA requirements of safety for human consumption, identity, quality and labeling.  The Canadian Health Canada Division 12 regulates bottled water in Canada.  Our bottled water must meet FDA and Health Canada (“HC”) requirements of safety for human consumption, identity, quality and labeling.  Further, the sale and marketing of our products is subject to FDA’s and HC’s and the US FTC and Canadian Competition Bureau advertising and promotion requirements and restrictions.  In addition, FDA and HC has established current “good manufacturing practice” regulations, which govern the facilities, methods, practices and controls used for the processing, bottling and distribution of bottled drinking water.  We and our third-party supply, bottling and distribution partners are subject to these requirements.  We also must comply with overlapping and sometimes inconsistent state and provincial regulations in various jurisdictions.  As a result, we must expend resources to continuously monitor state and provincial legislative and regulatory activities for purposes of identifying and ensuring compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to our bottled water business in each state in which we operate.  While we must meet the government-mandated standards, we believe that our self-imposed standards meet or exceed those set by federal, state, provincial and local regulations.

Additionally, the manufacture, sale and use of resins used to make water bottles are subject to regulation by the FDA and HC.  Those regulations are concerned with substances used in food packaging materials, not with specific finished food packaging products.  We believe our beverage containers are in compliance with FDA and HC regulations.  Additionally, the use of polycarbonates in food containers used by children under three years of age is subject to certain state and local restrictions.

Measures have been enacted in various localities, provinces and states that require a deposit or tax to be charged for certain non-refillable beverage containers. The precise requirements imposed by these measures vary.  Other deposit, recycling or product stewardship proposals have been introduced in various jurisdictions.  We anticipate that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the future at the local, state, provincial and federal levels.

The refill machines used with the reverse osmosis water filtration systems are certified by the National Automatic Merchandising Association (“NAMA”). NAMA maintains a certification program which evaluates food and beverage machines against current requirements of the U.S. Public Health Service Ordinance and Code.  Currently, there are no US or Canadian regulations that cover our refill machines.  However, certain states, provinces and other regional localities have permit and testing requirements for the operation of the refill machines.

Seasonality

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in our sales and operating income.  Our sales and operating income have been highest in the spring and summer, and lowest in the fall and winter.  Our Exchange and Refill services, which generally enjoy higher margins than our sales of water dispensers, experience higher sales and operating income in the spring and summer.  We have historically experienced higher sales and operating income from our water dispensers in spring and summer; however, we believe the seasonality of dispenser sales are more dependent on retailer inventory management and purchasing cycles and not correlated to weather.  Sustained periods of poor weather, particularly in the spring and summer, can negatively impact our sales in our higher margin Exchange and Refill services.  Accordingly, our results of operations in any quarter will not necessarily be indicative of the results that we may achieve for a fiscal year or any future quarter.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had 95 employees, all of whom were full time.  We believe that our continued success will depend on our ability to continue to attract and retain skilled personnel. We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are represented by a labor union. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

14

Exchange Act Reports

We make available free of charge through our Internet website, www.primowater.com, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an Internet website, www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information filed electronically with the SEC. Any materials that the we file with the SEC may also be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D. C. 20549. Information on the operations of the Public Reference Room is available by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The information provided on our website is not part of this report and is not incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We have incurred operating losses in the past and may incur operating losses in the future.

We have incurred operating losses in the past and expect to incur operating losses in the future.  As of December 31, 2013, our accumulated deficit was $249.8 million.  Our losses from continuing operations were $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $93.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  We have not been profitable since our inception, and we may not become profitable in the future.  Our losses may continue as we incur additional costs and expenses related to branding and marketing, expansion of operations, strategic acquisitions, product development, development of relationships with strategic business partners, regulatory compliance and litigation.  If our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance will be adversely affected. If our sales do not grow to offset these increased expenses, we may not become profitable.  If we do not achieve sustained profitability, we may be unable to continue operations.

We depend on a small number of large retailers for most of our consumer sales.  Our arrangements with these retailers for our bottled water exchange services and sales of our water dispensers are nonexclusive and may be terminated at will.

Certain retailers make up a significant percentage of our retail sales volume, such that if one or more of these retailers were to materially reduce or terminate its business with us, our sales would suffer.  For 2013, Walmart and Lowe’s Home Improvement represented approximately 45% and 25% of our consolidated net sales, respectively.  While we sell a small percentage of our dispensers directly to consumers through our online store and other direct sales channels, the vast majority of our sales are made through our retail partners.

We have arrangements with certain retailers for our products and services, but we cannot provide any assurance of any future sales.  None of our significant retail accounts are contractually bound to offer our Exchange service or water dispensers.  As a result, retailers can discontinue our Exchange services or products at any time and offer a competitor’s services or products, or none at all.  Additionally, the contractual commitments of retail customers of our refill services are not long-term in nature.  Continued positive relations with a retailer depend upon various factors, including price, customer service, consumer demand and competition.  Certain of our retailers have multiple vendor policies and may seek to offer a competitor’s products or services at new or existing locations.  If any significant retailer materially reduces, terminates or is unwilling to expand its relationship with us, or requires price reductions or other adverse modifications in our selling terms, our sales would suffer.

Additionally, most major retailers continually evaluate and often modify their in-store retail strategies, including product placement, store set-up and design, promotions and demographic targets.  Our business could suffer significant setbacks in net sales and operating income if one or more of our major retail customers modified its current retail strategy resulting in a termination or reduction of its business relationship with us, a reduction in store penetration or an unfavorable product placement within such retailer’s stores, any or all of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

15

We may experience difficulties in realizing the anticipated benefits associated with our strategic alliance agreement with DS Waters of America, Inc. (“DS Waters”) and transitioning the services to be provided thereunder from our existing bottling and distribution network.

We may not be able to realize all of the anticipated benefits and synergies associated with the strategic alliance agreement (the “DS Agreement”) that we recently entered into with DS Waters.  The ability to realize the anticipated benefits of this arrangement (including incremental revenue, reduced distribution costs and improved gross margins over time) will depend, to a large extent, on our ability to successfully transition the services provided by our existing bottling and distribution network to DS Waters and to integrate the bottling, distribution, exchange and supply services to be provided by DS Waters into our water bottle exchange business.  The transition to and integration of a new primary service provider is a complex, costly and time-consuming process.  As a result, we are devoting significant management attention and resources to a transition plan that will implement these new bottling, distribution and service arrangements.  Both our entering into the DS Agreement and this transition process may disrupt our existing bottling and distributor network, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations and otherwise preclude realization of the full benefits we expect to realize from the new arrangements.  The failure to transition our bottling and distribution arrangements to DS Waters or to otherwise integrate the services to be provided by DS Waters into our business could cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, our business activities, and could negatively impact our results of operations.  In addition, if we are not successful in transitioning a certain volume of service rights to DS Waters in the prescribed time period, the compensation we are required to pay to DS Waters under the DS agreement will negatively impact the anticipated benefits of this arrangement.  The transition of our bottling and distribution requirements to DS Waters may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, loss of bottler, distributor and customer relationships, and a diversion of management’s attention.  If any of our retailer customers are not satisfied with the performance of services provided by DS Waters, we could lose the business of that retailer customer which would negatively impact our business.  Finally, we expect to incur costs in connection with assuming account management, billing and collections responsibility for DS Waters’ current three and five gallon retail exchange customers and, if we do not realize the anticipated benefits of the business arrangement with DS Waters, including the anticipated revenues related to the addition of existing retail customers of DS Waters’ three and five gallon retail bottled water exchange business as new customers of our water bottle exchange business, these costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, result of operations and financial condition.

The success of our business depends on retailer and consumer acceptance of our products and services.

We are a consumer products and services company operating in the highly-competitive bottled water market and rely on continued consumer demand or preference for our products and services.  To generate sales and profits, we must sell products that appeal to retailers and to consumers.  Our future success depends on consumer acceptance, particularly at the household level, of our products and services.  There is no guarantee that there will be significant market acceptance of our Exchange and Refill services or that we will be successful in selling our water dispensers on a scale necessary to achieve sustained profitability.

As a result of our “razor-razorblade” business strategy, we are reliant on consumer adoption of our “razors” (water dispensers) to drive sales of the “razorblades” (Exchange and Refill services).  If we are unable to generate consumer adoption of our water dispensers, we will face significant difficulties growing sales of our Exchange and Refill services, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The markets for our products and services are evolving rapidly and we may not be able to accurately assess the size of the markets or trends that may emerge and affect our businesses.  Consumer preference can change due to a variety of factors, including social trends, negative publicity and economic changes.  If we are unable to convince current and potential retail customers and individual consumers of the advantages of our products and services, our ability to sell our products and services will be limited.  Consumer acceptance also will affect, and be affected by, our existing retail partners’ and potential new retail partners’ decisions to sell our products and services and their perception of the likelihood of consumers purchasing our products and services.  Even if retail customers purchase our products or services, there is no guarantee that they will be successful in selling our products or services to consumers on a scale necessary for us to achieve sustained profitability.  Any significant changes in consumer preferences for purified bottled water could result in reduced demand for our products and services and erosion of our competitive and financial position.

16

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

At December 31, 2013, our cash totaled $0.4 million and we had $0.5 million in additional availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility. We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents, availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our current capital needs for general corporate purposes. However, we may need or desire additional capital to finance our operations or to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to:

· expand the number of retail store locations in which our products and services are offered;

· enhance our operating infrastructure;

· acquire new businesses, products or technologies; or

· otherwise respond to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all, particularly in light of the current economic downturn and the restrictions included in the documents governing our current indebtedness.  If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, when we desire them, our ability to invest in our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our services, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited and we could be forced to reduce, delay or cancel capital expenditures, sell assets, or scale down our operations, all of which could harm our ability to generate revenues and reduce the value of our stock.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, face competition from companies with far greater resources than we have and could encounter significant competition from these companies in our niche markets of water bottle exchange services and related products and refill services.

We primarily participate in the highly competitive bottled water segment of the nonalcoholic beverage industry.  The industry is dominated by large and well-known international companies, and numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market niches.  In our business model, we not only offer three- and five-gallon bottled water but also provide consumers the ability to exchange their used containers as part of our Exchange service.  While we are aware of a few direct competitors that operate water bottle exchange networks at retail, we believe they operate on a much smaller scale than we do and we believe they do not have equivalent MIS tools or bottling and distribution capabilities to effectively support major retailers nationwide.  Competitive factors with respect to our business include pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs, product innovation, increased efficiency in production and distribution techniques, the introduction of new packaging and brand and trademark development and protection.

Our primary competitors in our bottled water business include Nestlé, The Coca-Cola Company, PepsiCo and Dr Pepper Snapple Group.  While none of these companies currently offers a nationwide water bottle exchange service at retail, Nestlé offers this service on a regional basis.  Many of these competitors are leading consumer products companies, have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, have established a strong brand presence with consumers and have established relationships with retailers, manufacturers, bottlers and distributors necessary to start an exchange business at retail locations nationwide should they decide to do so.  Our Refill services business faces direct competition in its industry and for its retail customers from Glacier Water Services, Inc., which has a strong brand presence and greater financial and other resources than we have.  Competitors with greater financial resources may put pressure on the prices at which we offer our products and services which would have a negative impact on our margins.  In addition to competition between companies within the bottled water industry, the industry itself faces significant competition from other non-alcoholic beverages, including carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices, sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.

17

Our bottled water business also faces competition from other methods of purified water consumption such as countertop filtration systems, faucet mounted filtration systems, in-line whole-house filtration systems, water filtration dispensing products such as pitchers and jugs, standard and advanced feature water coolers and refrigerator dispensed filtered and unfiltered water.

We also compete directly and indirectly in the water dispenser marketplace.  There are many large consumer products companies with substantially greater financial and other resources, a larger brand presence with consumers and established relationships with retailers that could decide to enter the marketplace.  Should any of these consumer products companies so decide to enter the water dispenser marketplace, sales of our water dispensers could be materially and adversely impacted, which, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our sales of bottled water.

In our bottled water exchange business, we depend on independent bottlers, distributors and suppliers for our business to operate.

While we expect the actual number of independent bottlers, distributers and suppliers we use to provide our Exchange service to decrease in connection with our strategic alliance with DS Waters, we will continue to be substantially dependent on independent bottlers, distributors and suppliers to bottle and deliver our bottled water products and provide our Exchange service to our retail customers. We do not have our own manufacturing facilities to produce bottled water products.  We are and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, entirely dependent on third parties to supply the bottle pre-forms, bottles, water and other materials necessary to operate our bottled water business.  We rely on third-party supply companies to manufacture our three- and five-gallon water bottles and deliver them to our bottlers.  In turn, we rely on bottlers to properly purify the water, include our mineral enhancements and bottle the finished product without contamination and pursuant to our quality standards and preparation procedures.  Finally, we rely upon our distributors to deliver bottled water to our retail partners in a timely manner, accurately enter information regarding the delivery of the bottles into our management information system, manage our recycling center displays and return used bottles to the bottlers to be sanitized or crushed and recycled.

We can make no assurance that we will be able to maintain these third-party relationships until the transition of their responsibilities to DS Waters is complete.  As independent companies, these bottlers, distributors and suppliers make their own business decisions.  Suppliers may choose not to do business with us for a variety of reasons, including competition, brand identity, product standards and concerns regarding our economic viability.  They may have the right to determine whether, and to what extent, they produce and distribute our products, our competitors’ products and their own products.  Some of the business for these bottlers, distributors and suppliers comes from producing or selling our competitors’ products.  These bottlers, distributors and suppliers may devote more resources to other products or take other actions detrimental to our brands.  In addition, their financial condition could also be adversely affected by conditions beyond our control and our business could suffer.  In addition, we will face risks associated with any bottler’s or distributor’s or DS Waters’ failure to adhere to quality control and service guidelines we establish or failure to ensure an adequate and timely supply of product and services at retail locations.  Additionally, once we have transitioned the majority of the bottling and distribution responsibilities in our Exchange services to DS Waters, we will be substantially dependent on DS Waters’ ability to provide bottling and distribution services to our retail partners.  Should our strategic arrangement with DS Waters not be successful or should the strategic alliance agreement not be extended beyond its seven year term, we may be unable to re-establish our relationships with our current independent bottlers, distributors and suppliers or establish additional relationships as necessary to support growth and profitability of our business on economically viable terms.  Any of these factors could negatively affect our business and financial performance.  If we are unable to obtain and maintain a source of supply for bottles, water and other materials, our business will be materially and adversely affected.

18

In our bottled water exchange business, if our distributors do not perform to our retailers’ expectations, if we encounter difficulties in managing our distributor operations or if we or our distributors are not able to manage growth effectively, our retail relationships may be adversely impacted and business may suffer.

We currently rely on our independent distributors to deliver our three- and five-gallon bottled water and provide our Exchange service to retailers, but we plan to transition these responsibilities to DS Waters.  Accordingly, our success depends on our ability to manage our retail relationships through the performance of our distributor partners and the performance of DS Waters.  The majority of our current distributors and DS Waters are independent and we exercise only limited influence over the resources they devote to delivery and exchange of our three- and five-gallon water bottles.  Our retailers impose demanding service requirements on us and we could suffer a loss of consumer or retailer goodwill if our distributors or DS Waters do not adhere to our quality control and service guidelines or fail to ensure an adequate and timely supply of bottled water at retail locations.  The poor performance of services provided to a major retailer could jeopardize our entire relationship with that retailer and cause our bottled water sales and Exchange service to suffer.  In addition, the number of retail locations offering our Exchange service and our corresponding sales have grown significantly over the past several years along with our national distributor network.  Accordingly, our current distributors and DS Waters must be able to adequately service an increasing number of retail accounts.  If our growth is not managed effectively, our bottled water sales and Exchange service may suffer.

If the providers of our Refill services do not perform to retailer expectations, our retail relationships may be adversely impacted and business may suffer.

With respect to our Refill services, at December 31, 2013 we primarily relied on independent service providers to install, maintain and repair the reverse osmosis water systems at our retail customers’ locations.  These independent service providers are also responsible for providing retail customer training with respect to the reverse osmosis water systems, submitting water for testing and conducting monthly meter readings to determine water usage for billing purposes.  Accordingly, the success of our Refill services depends on our ability to manage our retail relationships through the performance of these service providers.  The significant majority of these service providers are independent dealers and we exercise only limited influence over the resources they devote to their responsibilities with respect to our retail customers.  Our success with respect to our Refill services currently depends on our ability to establish and maintain relationships with these independent service providers and on the service providers’ ability to operate viable businesses.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to maintain such relationships.  Retail customers of our Refill services impose demanding service requirements and we could suffer a loss of retailer or consumer goodwill if these service providers do not perform to the retail customers’ expectations.  The poor performance of a single service provider to a major retailer could jeopardize our entire relationship with that retailer potentially preventing future installations at additional retail locations and causing sales to suffer.

If we lose key personnel or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to implement our business strategies could be delayed or hindered. In addition, we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled employees we need to support our planned growth.

We are highly dependent upon the services of our senior management because of their experience, industry relationships and knowledge of the business.  We are particularly dependent on the services of Billy D. Prim, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.  We do not have a formal succession plan in place for Mr. Prim.

The loss of one or more of our key employees could seriously harm our business and we may not be able to attract and retain individuals with the same or similar level of experience or expertise.  We face competition for qualified employees from numerous sources and there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel on acceptable terms.  Our ability to recruit and retain such personnel will depend upon a number of factors, such as our results of operations, prospects and the level of competition then prevailing in the market for qualified personnel.  Failure to recruit and retain such personnel could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  While our employment agreements with members of our senior management include customary confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforceable or adequately protect us.

19

We have substantial Canadian operations and are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and political uncertainties.

We have substantial Canadian operations, and as a result, we are subject to risks associated with doing business internationally.  Risks inherent to operating internationally include: changes in a country’s economic or political conditions; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements.

To the extent the United States dollar strengthens against the Canadian dollar, our foreign revenues and profits will be reduced when translated into United States dollars.

In our water dispenser business, because all of our dispensers are manufactured in China, a significant disruption in the operations of these manufacturers or political unrest in China could materially adversely affect us.

We have only three manufacturers of water dispensers.  Any disruption in production or inability of our manufacturers to produce quantities of water dispensers adequate to meet our needs could significantly impair our ability to operate our water dispenser business on a day-to-day basis.  Our manufacturers are located in China, which exposes us to the possibility of product supply disruption and increased costs in the event of changes in the policies of the Chinese government, political unrest or unstable economic conditions in China, changes in currency exchange rates or developments in the U.S. that are adverse to trade, including enactment of protectionist legislation. In addition, our dispensers are shipped directly from the manufacturer to our retail partners.  Although we routinely inspect and monitor our manufacturing partners’ activities and products, we rely heavily upon their quality controls when producing and delivering the dispensers to our retail partners.  Any of these matters could materially adversely affect our water dispenser business and, as a result, our profitability.

If the water we sell became contaminated, our business could be seriously harmed.

We have adopted various quality, environmental, health and safety standards. However, our products may still not meet these standards or could otherwise become contaminated.  A failure to meet these standards or contamination could occur in our operations or those of our bottlers, distributors or suppliers.  Such a failure or contamination could result in expensive production interruptions, recalls and liability claims.  A widespread product recall could result in losses due to the costs of a recall, the destruction of product inventory and lost sales due to the unavailability of product for a period of time.  We could also suffer losses from a significant product liability judgment against us.  Moreover, negative publicity could be generated even from false, unfounded or nominal liability claims or limited recalls.  Any of these failures or occurrences could negatively affect our business and financial performance.

If any component of the water dispensers we sell is misused, the appliance may fail and cause personal injury or property damage.  We may be subject to product liability claims as a result of any such failure, which will likely increase our costs and adversely affect our business and reputation.

Although we include explicit instructions for the operation of our water dispensers we sell and safety warnings are included on all of the products we sell, consumers may misuse these products, including by tampering with the hot water safety lock devices, which could expose consumers to hot liquids.  The misuse of any of the components of our water dispensers we sell may cause personal injury and damage to property.

Our product liability insurance for personal injury and damage to property may not be sufficient or available to cover any successful product liability claim, or similar claims, against us, which could materially adversely impact our financial condition.  Whether or not a claim against us would be successful, defense of the claim may be costly and the existence of any claim may adversely impact our reputation, financial condition or results of operations.

20

Interruption or disruption of our supply chain, distribution channels, bottling and distribution network or third-party services providers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability and that of our business partners, including suppliers, bottlers, distributors, retailers and third-party distributors and service providers, to manufacture, sell and deliver products and services is critical to our success.  Interruption or disruption of our supply chain, distribution channels or service network due to unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues, natural disasters such as earthquakes, fires, hurricanes or other adverse weather and climate conditions, strikes and other labor disputes, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could impair our ability to manufacture, sell or deliver our products and services.

The consolidation of retail customers may adversely impact our operating margins and profitability.

Our customers, such as mass merchants, supermarkets, warehouse clubs, food distributors and drug and pharmacy stores, have consolidated in recent years and consolidation may continue.  These consolidations have produced large, sophisticated customers with increased buying power.  As a result, we are increasingly dependent on key retailers, which have significant bargaining power.  If we fail to respond to these trends in our industry, our volume growth could slow or we may need to lower prices or increase trade promotions and consumer marketing for our products and services, both of which would adversely affect our margins and our financial results.  These retailers may use floor or shelf space currently used for our products and services for their own private label products and services.  In addition, retailers are increasingly carrying fewer brands in any one category and our results of operations will suffer if we are not selected by our significant customers to remain a vendor. In the event of consolidation involving our current retailers, we may lose key business if the surviving entities do not continue to purchase products or services from us.

While many members of our senior management have experience as executives of a products and exchange services business, there can be no assurances that this experience and past success will result in our business becoming profitable.

Many members of our senior management have had experience as senior managers of a company engaged in the supply, distribution and exchange of propane gas cylinders.  While the business model for that company and the model for our business are similar, the propane gas industry and the bottled water industry are very different.  For example, there are no assurances that consumer demand will exist for our products and services.  While we believe our business model will be successful, any similarity between our business model and that of our senior management’s predecessor employer should not be viewed as an indication that we will be profitable.

We depend on key management information systems.

We depend on our management information systems (MIS) to process orders, manage inventory and accounts receivable, maintain distributor and customer information, maintain cost-efficient operations and assist distributors in delivering products and services on a timely basis.  Any disruption in the operation of our MIS tools, the loss of employees knowledgeable about such systems, the termination of our relationships with third-party MIS partners or our failure to continue to effectively modify such systems as business expands could require us to expend significant additional resources or to invest additional capital to continue to manage our business effectively, and could even affect our compliance with public reporting requirements.  Additionally, our MIS tools are vulnerable to interruptions or other failures resulting from, among other things, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, software, equipment or telecommunications failures, processing errors, computer viruses, hackers, other security issues or supplier defaults. Security, backup and disaster recovery measures may not be adequate or implemented properly to avoid such disruptions or failures.  Any disruption or failure of these systems or services could cause substantial errors, processing inefficiencies, security breaches, inability to use the systems or process transactions, loss of customers or other business disruptions, all of which could negatively affect our business and financial performance.

We are subject to inventory loss and theft.

We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We have experienced inventory shrinkage in the past, and we cannot assure you that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively address the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is a necessary and unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, our financial condition could be affected adversely.

21

Our results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of the impairment of intangibles.

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), we must identify and value intangible assets that we acquire in business combinations, such as customer arrangements, customer relationships and non-compete agreements, that arise from contractual or other legal rights or that are capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged.  The fair value of identified intangible assets is based upon an estimate of the future economic benefits expected to result from ownership, which represents the amount at which the assets could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

U.S. GAAP provides that intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead must be tested at least annually for impairment, and intangible assets that have finite useful lives should continue to be amortized over their useful lives.  U.S. GAAP also provides specific guidance for testing goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets for impairment.  Absent any impairment indicators, we perform our impairment tests annually during the fourth quarter.

We review our intangible assets with definite lives for impairment when events or changes in business conditions indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable, as required by U.S. GAAP.  An impairment of intangible assets with definite lives exists if the sum of the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected is less than the carrying value of the assets.  If this measurement indicates a possible impairment, we compare the estimated fair value of the asset to the net book value to measure the impairment charge, if any.

We cannot predict the occurrence of certain future events that might adversely affect the reported value of intangible assets that totaled $10.9 million at December 31, 2013.  Such events include strategic decisions made in response to economic and competitive conditions, the impact of the economic environment on our customer base, material negative changes in our relationships with material customers and other parties breaching their contractual obligations under non-compete agreements.  Future impairments, if any, will be recognized as operating expenses.

If we are unable to build and maintain our brand image and corporate reputation, our business may suffer.

We are a relatively new company, having been formed in late 2004 and commenced operations in June 2005.  Our success depends on our ability to build and maintain the brand image for our existing products and services and effectively build the brand image for any new products.  We cannot assure you, however, that any additional expenditures on advertising and marketing will have the desired impact on our products’ brand image and on consumer preferences.  Actual or perceived product quality issues or allegations of product contamination, even if false or unfounded, could tarnish the image of our brand and may cause consumers to choose other products.  Allegations of product defects or product contamination, even if untrue, may require us from time to time to recall a product from all of the markets in which the affected product was distributed.  Product recalls would negatively affect our profitability and brand image.  Also, adverse publicity surrounding water usage and any campaigns by activists attempting to connect our system to environmental issues, water shortages or workplace or human rights violations in certain developing countries in which we or our business partners operate, could negatively affect our overall reputation and our products’ acceptance by consumers.

Adverse weather conditions could negatively impact our business.

Unseasonable or unusual weather may negatively impact demand for our products.  The sales of our bottled water products, water dispensers and refill services are influenced to some extent by weather conditions in the markets in which we operate.  Unusually cool or rainy weather may reduce temporarily the demand for our products and contribute to lower sales, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations for such periods.

22

Water scarcity and poor quality could negatively impact our long-term profitability.

Water is a limited resource facing unprecedented challenges from overexploitation, population growth, increasing pollution, poor management and climate change.  As demand for water continues to increase and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, our business may incur increasing costs or face capacity constraints which could adversely affect our profitability or net sales in the long run.

Our financial results and achievement of our growth strategy is dependent on our continued innovation and the successful development and launch of new products and product extensions.

Achievement of our growth strategy is dependent, among other things, on our ability to extend the product offerings of our existing brands and introduce innovative new products.  Although we devote significant focus to the development of new products, we may not be successful in developing innovative new products or our new products may not be commercially successful.  Our financial results and our ability to maintain or improve our competitive position will depend on our ability to effectively gauge the direction of our key marketplaces and successfully identify, develop, manufacture, market and sell new or improved products in these changing marketplaces.  In addition, our introduction of new products or product extensions may generate litigation or other legal proceedings against us by competitors claiming infringement of their intellectual property or other rights, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

We may pursue acquisitions and investments in new product lines, businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, which could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may in the future acquire or invest in new product lines, businesses or technologies to expand our current products and services.  Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges that could disrupt our business operations, increase our operating costs or capital expenditure requirements and reduce the value of the acquired product line, business or technology.  For example, if we identify an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms or at all.  The process of negotiating acquisitions and integrating acquired products, services, technologies, personnel or businesses might result in significant transaction costs, operating difficulties or unexpected expenditures and might require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business.  If we are successful in consummating an acquisition, we may not be able to integrate the acquired product line, business or technology into our existing business and products and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisition. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments may divert our management’s attention, require considerable cash outlays and require substantial additional expenses that could harm our existing operations and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  To complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, any of which could dilute the interests of our stockholders or adversely affect our profitability or cash flow.

Economic conditions and other economic factors could impact our business adversely in various respects.

A slowdown in the U.S. economy or other economic factors affecting disposable consumer income, such as employment levels, inflation, business conditions, fuel and energy costs, consumer debt levels, lack of available credit, interest rates, and tax rates, may affect our business adversely by reducing overall consumer spending or by shifting the purchasing habits of our target consumers, both of which could result in lower net sales, decreases in inventory turnover or a reduction in profitability due to lower margins. The current global economic uncertainty, the impact of recessions, and the potential for failures or realignments of financial institutions and the related impact on available credit may impact our suppliers, our distributors, our retail customers, and our operations in an adverse manner including, but not limited to, the inability of our retail customers to timely pay their obligations to us, thus reducing our cash flow, increased costs related to our distribution channels, the inability of our vendors to timely supply materials and an increased likelihood that our lender may be unable to honor its commitments under our senior revolving credit facility.

23

Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legal Issues

Our products and services are heavily regulated in the United States and Canada. If we are unable to continue to comply with applicable regulations and standards in any jurisdiction, we might not be able to sell our products in that jurisdiction or they could be recalled, and our business could be seriously harmed.

The production, distribution and sale of our products in the United States are subject to regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), and by other regulatory authorities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Lanham Act and various environmental statutes. In Canada, these activities are subject to regulation by Health Canada and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (the “CFIA”) under the Canadian Food and Drugs Act.  We are also subject to various other federal, state, provincial and local statutes and regulations applicable to the production, transportation, sale, safety, advertising, promotion, labeling and ingredients of such products.  For example, measures have been enacted in various localities and states that require a deposit to be charged for certain non-refillable beverage containers.  The precise requirements imposed by these measures vary.  Other deposit, recycling or product stewardship proposals have been introduced in various jurisdictions.  We anticipate that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the future at the local, state and federal levels.

The FDA regulates bottled water as a food under the FDCA. Our bottled water must meet FDA and CFIA requirements of safety for human consumption, identity, quality and labeling.  Further, any claims we make in marketing our products, such as claims related to the beneficial health effects of drinking water, are subject to FDA’s and Canadian Competition Bureau’s advertising and promotion requirements and restrictions.  In addition, the FDA and HC have established current good manufacturing practices, regulations which govern the facilities, methods, practices and controls used for the processing, bottling and distribution of bottled drinking water.  We are subject to additional or changing requirements under the recently enacted Federal Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011, which requires among other things, that food facilities conduct contamination hazard analyses, implement risk-based preventive controls and develop track and trace capabilities. We and our third-party bottling and distribution partners are subject to these requirements.  In addition, all public drinking water must meet Environmental Protection Agency standards established under the Safe Drinking Water Act for mineral and chemical concentration and drinking water quality and treatment.  We also must comply with overlapping and, in some cases, inconsistent state regulations in a variety of areas.  These state-level regulations, among other things, set standards for approved water sources and the information that must be provided and the basis on which any therapeutic claims for water may be made.  In Canada, we are subject to similar regulations administered by Health Canada and the CFIA, as well as provincial authorities. We must expend resources to continuously monitor national, state and provincial legislative and regulatory activities in order to identify and ensure compliance with laws and regulations that apply to our bottled water business in each state and province in which we operate.

Additionally, the manufacture, sale and use of resins used to make water bottles are subject to regulation by the FDA and HC.  These regulations relate to substances used in food packaging materials, not with specific finished food packaging products.  Our beverage containers are deemed to be in compliance with FDA regulations if the components used in the containers: (i) are approved by the FDA and HC as indirect food additives for their intended uses and comply with the applicable FDA indirect food additive regulations; or (ii) are generally recognized as safe for their intended uses and are of suitable purity for those intended uses.

The Consumer Product Safety Commission, FDA, Health Canada, CFIA or other applicable regulatory bodies may require the recall, repair or replacement of our products if those products are found not to be in compliance with applicable standards or regulations.  The failure of our third party manufacturers or bottlers to produce merchandise that adheres to our quality control standards could damage our reputation and lead to customer litigation against us.   If our manufacturers or distributors are unable or unwilling to recall products failing to meet our quality standards, we may be required to remove merchandise or recall those products at a substantial cost to us.  We may be unable to recover costs related to product recalls.

24

We believe that our self-imposed standards meet or exceed those set by federal, state, provincial and local regulations.  In addition, we voluntarily comply with the Federal Trade Commission’s “Green Guides” concerning the making of environmental claims in marketing materials.  Nevertheless, our failure or the failure of our suppliers, bottlers, distributors or third-party service providers to comply with federal, state, provincial or local laws, rules or regulations could subject us to potential governmental enforcement action for violation of such regulations, which could result in warning letters, fines, product recalls or seizures, civil or criminal penalties and/or temporary or permanent injunctions, each of which could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, our failure, or even our perceived failure, to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations could cause retailers and others to determine not to do business with us or reduce the amount of business they do with us.

There can be no assurance that we will comply with all applicable laws and regulations to which we and our products are subject.  If we fail to comply, we may be subject to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, as well as potential criminal sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and reputation.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities, including product liability claims, occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention and damage our reputation.

We are from time to time party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings.  We evaluate these claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses.  If our products are not properly manufactured or designed, personal injuries or property damage could result, which could subject us to claims for damages.  The costs associated with defending product liability and other claims, and the payment of damages, could be substantial.  Our reputation could also be adversely affected by such claims, whether or not successful.

We are currently party to various legal and other proceedings.  See Item 3, Legal Proceedings.  These matters may involve substantial expense to us and occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and our results of operations.  In addition, there could be an increase in the scope of these matters and there could be additional lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations in the future.  We can provide no assurances as to the outcome of any litigation.

We may establish reserves as appropriate based upon assessments and estimates in accordance with our accounting policies.  We base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the information available to us at the time and rely on legal and management judgment.  Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from assessments and estimates.  Actual settlements, judgments or resolutions of these claims or proceedings may negatively affect our business and financial performance.  A successful claim against us that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us to make significant payments of damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

25

Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of products or services.

We have filed certain patent applications and trademark registration applications and intend to seek additional patents, to develop additional trademarks and seek federal registrations for such trademarks and to develop other intellectual property.  We consider our Primo name and related trademarks and our other intellectual property to be valuable to our business, including the establishment of a national branded bottled water exchange program.  We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other arrangements to protect our proprietary rights and could incur substantial expense to enforce our rights under such laws.  A number of other companies, however, use trademarks similar or identical to the Primo® mark to identify their products, and we may not be able to stop these other companies from using such trademarks.  The requirement to change any of our trademarks, service marks or trade names could entail significant expense and result in the loss of any goodwill associated with that trademark, service mark or trade name.  While we have filed, and intend to file in the future, patent applications, where appropriate, and to pursue such applications with the patent authorities, we cannot be sure that patents will be issued on such applications or that any issued patents will not be successfully contested by third parties.  Also, since issuance of a patent does not prevent other companies from using alternative, non-infringing technology or designs, we cannot be sure that any issued patents, or patents that may be issued to others and licensed to us, will provide significant or any commercial protection, especially as new competitors enter the market.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our product development, business processes and operating activities.  We seek to protect this information through appropriate efforts to maintain its secrecy, including confidentiality agreements.  We cannot be sure that these efforts will be successful or that confidentiality agreements will not be breached.  We also cannot be sure that we would have adequate remedies for any breach of such agreements or other misappropriation of our trade secrets, or that our trade secrets and proprietary know-how will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by others.  Our failure to successfully develop intellectual property, or to successfully obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trademarks and other intellectual property, could affect our ability to distinguish our products and services from those of our competitors and could cause our sales to suffer.

Where necessary, we may initiate litigation to enforce our patent or other intellectual property rights.  Any such litigation may require us to spend a substantial amount of time and money and could distract management from its day-to-day operations. Moreover, there is no assurance that we will be successful in any such litigation or that such litigation will not result in successful counterclaims or challenges to the validity of our intellectual property rights.

Our business and our ability to provide products and services may be impaired by claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others.  Vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights characterize the consumer products industry.  These traits can result in significant, protracted and materially expensive litigation. In addition, parties making infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our products, services or utilize our business methods and could cause us to pay substantial damages.  In the event of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all.  It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that we may infringe existing or future proprietary rights of others.  Any successful infringement claims could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on unfavorable terms, prevent us from manufacturing or selling products, providing services and utilizing business methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, re-brand our Company, products or services, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

26

The three- and five-gallon polycarbonate plastic bottles that we use to bottle our water and sell in connection with our exchange business contain bisphenol A (“BPA”), a chemical that can possibly have adverse health effects on consumers, particularly young children.   Any significant change in state, provincial or federal legislation, government regulation or perception by our customers of polycarbonate plastic in food and beverage products could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

Our three- and five-gallon polycarbonate plastic bottles contain BPA. The use of BPA in food packaging materials has been subject to safety assessments by several international, federal and state authorities. Pursuant to the March 30, 2012 FDA ruling, “the Food and Drug Administration’s assessment is that the scientific evidence at this time does not suggest that the very low levels of human exposure to BPA through the diet are unsafe.  The most appropriate course of action at this time is to continue scientific study and review of all new evidence regarding the safety of BPA.”

Health Canada's Food Directorate has concluded that the current dietary exposure to BPA through food packaging uses is not expected to pose a health risk to the general population, including newborns and infants.  However, due to the uncertainty raised in some animal studies relating to the potential effects of low levels of BPA, the Government of Canada is taking action to enhance the protection of infants and young children. It is therefore recommended that the general principle of ALARA (as low as reasonably achievable) be applied to continue efforts on limiting BPA exposure from food packaging applications to infants and newborns, specifically from pre-packaged infant formula products as a sole source food and baby bottles, for this sensitive segment of the population.

Media reports and the FDA report have prompted concern in our marketplace among existing and potential customers.  It is possible that developments surrounding this issue could lead to adverse effects on our business. Such developments could include:

· increased publicity that changes public or regulatory perception regarding packaging that uses BPA, so that significant numbers of consumers stop purchasing products that are packaged in polycarbonate plastic;

· the emergence of new scientific evidence that suggests that the low doses of BPA to which consumers may be exposed when using polycarbonate plastic is unsafe;

· interpretations of existing evidence by the FDA or other regulatory agencies that lead to prohibitions on the use of polycarbonate plastic as packaging for consumable products;

· the listing of BPA by California’s Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment on the state’s Proposition 65 list, which would require us to label our products with information about BPA content and could obligate us to evaluate the levels of exposure to BPA associated with the use of our products; and

· the inability of sellers of consumable products to find an adequate supply of alternative packaging if polycarbonate plastic containing BPA becomes an undesirable or prohibited packaging material.

In addition, federal, state, provincial and local governmental authorities have and continue to introduce, and in certain states and provinces enact proposals intended to restrict or ban the use of BPA in food and beverage packaging materials.

If any of these events were to occur, our sales and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

27

Legislative and executive action in state and local governments enacting local taxes on bottled water to include multi-gallon bottled water could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Regulations have been enacted or proposed in some localities where we operate to enact local taxes on bottled water.  These actions are purportedly designed to discourage the use of bottled water due in large part to concerns about the environmental effects of producing and discarding large numbers of plastic bottles.  While we have not to date directly experienced any adverse effects from these concerns, and we believe that our products are sufficiently different from those affected by recent enactments, there is no assurance that our products will not be subject to future legislative and executive action by state and local governments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in taxation requirements could affect our financial results.

We are subject to income tax in the numerous jurisdictions in which we generate net sales.  In addition, our water dispensers we sell are subject to certain import duties and sales taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we operate. Increases in income and other tax rates could reduce our after-tax income from affected jurisdictions, while increases in indirect taxes could affect our products’ and services’ affordability and therefore reduce demand for our products and services.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards in the United States may be limited.

As of December 31, 2013, we had net operating losses of approximately $118.6 million for federal income tax purposes, which expire at various dates through 2033.  To the extent available and not otherwise utilized, we intend to use any net operating loss carryforwards to reduce the U.S. corporate income tax liability associated with our operations. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone certain changes in stock ownership.  Our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards may be limited, under this section or otherwise, in the future.  To the extent our use of net operating loss carryforwards is significantly limited, our income could be subject to U.S. corporate income tax earlier than it would if we were able to use net operating loss carryforwards, which could result in lower profits.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

The value of our common stock could be volatile.

The overall market and the price of our common stock may fluctuate greatly. Shares of our common stock were sold in our November 2010 initial public offering at a price of $12.00 per share, and, as of March 7, 2014, our common stock has subsequently traded as high as $16.45 and as low as $0.69 per share.  An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common stock. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including:

· quarterly fluctuations in our operating results;

· changes in investors’ and analysts’ perception of the business risks and conditions of our business;

· our ability to meet the earnings estimates and other performance expectations of financial analysts or investors;

· unfavorable commentary or downgrades of our stock by equity research analysts; and

· general economic or political conditions.

28

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of shares of our common stock in the market or the perception that these sales could occur.  These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Additionally, we have filed a “shelf” registration statement with the SEC pursuant to which we may sell common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants, rights and units at any time in one or more offerings up to a total public offering price of $75.0 million.  The registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on January 13, 2012.  The offer or sale of all or a portion of the above described securities may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

As of March 7, 2014, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  In particular, Billy D. Prim, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns approximately 11% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of March 7, 2014.  As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions.  This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business.  We currently have research coverage by four securities and industry analysts.  If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline.  If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our Company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:

· authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

· eliminate the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent in most circumstances;

· eliminate the ability of our stockholders to remove a member of our Board of Directors without cause;

· eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call a special meeting of the stockholders;

· establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

· provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

· establish a classified board of directors the members of which serve staggered three-year terms.

29

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock.  These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our company and have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company.  As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to our business.  We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404.  If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and our company, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could impact our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Restrictive covenants in our Senior Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan restrict or prohibit our ability to engage in or enter into a variety of transactions, which could adversely restrict our financial and operating flexibility and subject us to other risks.

At December 31, 2013, we had a $20.0 million senior revolving credit facility (the “Senior Revolving Credit Facility”) with TD Bank, N.A. and $21.0 million of term loans (the “Term Loans”) with Comvest Capital II, L.P.  Our Senior Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans contain various restrictive covenants that limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to take certain actions.  In particular, these agreements limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

· incur additional indebtedness;

· make restricted payments (including paying dividends on, redeeming or repurchasing capital stock);

· make certain expenditures, investments or acquisitions;

· create liens on our assets to secure debt;

· make certain prepayments without penalties;

30

· engage in certain types of transactions with affiliates;

· apply the proceeds of certain debt and equity financing transactions at our discretion;

· engage in sale-and-leaseback or similar transactions; and

· transfer or sell assets, merge, liquidate or wind-up.

Any or all of these covenants could have a material adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate opportunities and to fund our operations.  Any future debt could also contain financial and other covenants more restrictive than those to be imposed under our Senior Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans.

A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument governing our current or future indebtedness could result in a default under that instrument and, due to customary cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, could result in a default under any other debt instrument that we may have.  If the lenders under our indebtedness were to so accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to repay in full our outstanding indebtedness, in which event we likely would seek reorganization or protection under bankruptcy or other, similar laws.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations. In addition, our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to support operations and other activities without debt financing could prevent future growth and success.

Our ability to generate cash, make scheduled payments or refinance our obligations depends on our successful financial and operating performance.  Our financial and operating performance, cash flow and capital resources depend upon prevailing economic conditions and various financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.  If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell material assets or operations, obtain additional capital or restructure our debt, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, we cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions on terms acceptable to us, or at all, that these actions would enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our various debt agreements.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows to support capital expansion, business acquisition plans and general operating activities, and are unable obtain the necessary funding for these items through debt financing, our business could be negatively affected and we may be unable to expand into existing and new markets.  Our ability to generate cash flows is dependent in part upon obtaining necessary financing at favorable interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations and other capital market conditions may prevent us from doing so.

Global capital and credit market issues could negatively affect our liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing and disrupt the operations of our suppliers, bottlers, distributors and customers.

The global capital and credit markets have experienced increased volatility and disruption in recent years, making it more difficult for companies to access those markets.  There can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing.  Our business could also be negatively impacted if our suppliers, bottlers, distributors or retail customers experience disruptions resulting from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

31

Item 2.  Properties

Our corporate headquarters, including our principal administrative, marketing, sales, technical support and research and development facilities, are located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina where we lease approximately 15,750 square feet under an agreement that expires on July 31, 2014.   We also lease approximately 20,250 square feet of office and warehouse space in Eagan, Minnesota under an agreement that expires in October 2014.  Effective December 2011, the Eagan facility was permanently closed and the assembly and refurbishing operations were transferred to a third-party supplier.

We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various claims and legal actions that arise in the normal course of business. Management believes that the outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On October 14, 2011, Primo, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, filed a complaint against Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc. ("Electrotemp") in Mecklenburg County (North Carolina) Superior Court, alleging breach of contract, quantum meruit/unjust enrichment, and violation of the North Carolina Products Liability Act/breach of implied warranty.  The parties filed a Joint Motion to stay litigation so that they could proceed with mediation and arbitration pursuant to the dispute resolution clause in their agreement.  On May 1, 2012, the Court ordered that the litigation would be stayed once the parties formally enter into arbitration.  Electrotemp asserted counterclaims in the arbitration.  On September 26, 2013, the parties reached a settlement that resulted in termination of the arbitration and dismissal of the lawsuit.  The lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice on October 3, 2013.

On October 16, 2012, Primo was served with the Summons and Complaint in a suit filed in the Florida state courts on September 26, 2012.  Plaintiffs in the suit are Florida Concentrates International, LLC (a Florida limited liability company), Florida Sparkling DS, LLC (a Florida limited liability company), and Didier Hardy (a Florida resident and apparently the principal of the LLC plaintiffs).  Also named as defendants are Susan and Scott Ballantyne (alleged to be Florida residents) and SDS-IC.  The suit was filed in the Circuit Court for the Twentieth Judicial District (Collier County, Florida).  Plaintiffs' allegations include breach of contract, misappropriation of trade secrets and certain additional claims and plaintiffs seek monetary damages.  We filed a motion to dismiss all claims, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 21, 2013.  Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on July 10, 2013 to which we responded on August 28, 2013.We do not believe that the suit has any merit whatsoever, and plan to vigorously contest and defend against it.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

32

PART II

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We completed the initial public offering of our common stock on November 5, 2010.  The principal United States market in which our common stock is listed and traded is the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PRMW.”

The table below presents the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market for the periods indicated:

	High		Low
Year ended December 31, 2013
Fourth Quarter	$	3.25	$	2.17
Third Quarter	$	2.96	$	1.67
Second Quarter	$	2.07	$	1.05
First Quarter	$	1.30	$	0.98
	High		Low
Year ended December 31, 2012
Fourth Quarter	$	1.30	$	0.69
Third Quarter	$	1.75	$	1.05
Second Quarter	$	1.93	$	1.10
First Quarter	$	3.45	$	1.93

We have never paid or declared cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the growth, development and expansion of our business.  Accordingly, we do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.  Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

As of March 7, 2014, there were 56 shareholders of record of our common stock.

33

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this report.

				Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
Net sales	$	91,209		$	91,479		$	83,062		$	44,607		$	46,981
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		68,367			70,081			63,201			34,213			38,771
Selling, general and administrative expenses		15,151			17,708			18,206			12,621			9,922
Non-recurring costs		777			743			2,091			2,491			–
Depreciation and amortization		11,333			11,102			8,863			4,759			4,205
Goodwill and other impairments		–			82,013			–			–			–
Total operating costs and expenses		95,628			181,647			92,361			54,084			52,898
Loss from operations		(4,419	)		(90,168	)		(9,299	)		(9,477	)		(5,917	)
Interest expense and other, net		4,425			4,043			1,690			3,416			2,257
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(8,844	)		(94,211	)		(10,989	)		(12,893	)		(8,174	)
Income tax (benefit) provision		-			(961	)		961			–			–
Loss from continuing operations		(8,844	)		(93,250	)		(11,950	)		(12,893	)		(8,174	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(1,862	)		(17,779	)		(2,429	)		-			(3,650	)
Net loss		(10,706	)		(111,029	)		(14,379	)		(12,893	)		(11,824	)
Preferred dividends, beneficial conversion and warrant modification charges		–			–			–			9,831			3,042
Net loss attributable to common shareholders	$	(10,706	)	$	(111,029	)	$	(14,379	)	$	(22,724	)	$	(14,866	)
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders	$	(0.37	)	$	(3.93	)	$	(0.55	)	$	(5.81	)	$	(7.72	)
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders		(0.08	)		(0.75	)		(0.11	)		–			(2.51	)
Net loss attributable to common shareholders	$	(0.45	)	$	(4.68	)	$	(0.66	)	$	(5.81	)	$	(10.23	)
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		23,935			23,725			21,652			3,910			1,453

			As of December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash	$	394	$	234	$	751	$	443		–
Total assets		70,971		81,775		184,449		139,611		22,368
Current portion of long-term debt		16		15		14,514		11		426
Long-term debt, net of current maturities		22,654		21,251		44		17,945		14,403
Other long-term obligations		330		352		4,710		748		1,048

34

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

Overview

Primo Water Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Primo”, “we”, “our,” “us”) is a leading provider of multi-gallon purified bottled water, self-service refill water and water dispensers sold through major retailers in the United States and Canada.  We believe the market for purified water is growing due to evolving taste preferences, perceived health benefits and concerns regarding the quality of municipal tap water. Our products provide an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for consuming purified and filtered water. We are a Delaware corporation that was founded in 2004 and is headquartered in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

Our business is designed to generate recurring demand for our purified bottled water or self-serve filtered drinking water through the sale of innovative water dispensers. This business strategy is commonly referred to as “razor-razorblade” because the initial sale of a product creates a base of users who frequently purchase complementary consumable products. We believe dispenser owners consume an average of 35 multi-gallon bottles of water annually. Once our bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles are exchanged at our recycling center displays, which provide a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the purchase of a new bottle of Primo purified water (“Exchange”) or they are refilled at a self-serve filtered drinking water location (“Refill”). Each of our multi-gallon water bottles can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled, substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of equivalent volumes of single-serve bottled water. As of December 31, 2013, our products and services were offered in each of the contiguous United States and in Canada at approximately 22,900 combined retail locations, including Lowe’s Home Improvement, Walmart, Kmart, Meijer, Kroger,  Food Lion, H-E-B Grocery, Sobeys and Walgreens.

We provide major retailers throughout the United States and Canada with single-vendor solutions for Exchange and Refill services, addressing a market demand that we believe was previously unmet. Our solutions are easy for retailers to implement, require minimal management supervision and store-based labor, and provide centralized billing and detailed performance reports. Our Exchange solution offers retailers attractive financial margins and the ability to optimize typically unused retail space with our displays.  Our Refill solution provides filtered water through the installation and servicing of reverse osmosis water filtration systems in the back room of the retailer’s store location, which minimizes the usage of the customer’s retail space. The refill machine, which is typically accompanied by a sales display containing empty reusable bottles, is located within the retailer customer’s floor space. Additionally, due to the recurring nature of water consumption, retailers benefit from year-round customer traffic and highly predictable revenue.

Business Segments

We have two operating segments and two reportable segments: Primo Water (“Water”) and Primo Dispensers (“Dispensers”).

Our Water segment sales consist of our Exchange and Refill services, which are offered through retailers in each of the contiguous United States and Canada. Our Water services are offered through point of purchase display racks or self-serve filtered water displays and recycling centers that are prominently located at major retailers in space that is often underutilized.

Our Dispensers segment sells water dispensers that are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our Dispensers sales are primarily generated through major U.S. retailers and are sold primarily through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenues for the sale of the water dispensers when title is transferred. We support retail sell-through with domestic inventory. We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection of our water dispensers.

35

We evaluate the financial results of these segments focusing primarily on segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations before depreciation and amortization (“segment income (loss) from operations”). We utilize segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations because we believe they provide useful information for effectively allocating our resources between business segments, evaluating the health of our business segments based on metrics that management can actively influence and gauging our investments and our ability to service, incur or pay down debt.

Cost of sales for Water consists of costs for distribution, bottles and related packaging materials for our Exchange services and servicing and material costs for our Refill services. Cost of sales for Dispensers consists of contract manufacturing, freight and duties.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for Water and Dispensers consist primarily of personnel costs for sales, marketing, operations support and customer service, as well as other supporting costs for operating each segment.

Expenses not specifically related to operating segments are shown separately as Corporate. Corporate expenses are comprised mainly of compensation and other related expenses for corporate support, information systems and administration. Corporate expenses also include certain professional fees and expenses and compensation of our Board of Directors.

In this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, when we refer to “same-store unit growth” for our Water segment, we are comparing retail locations at which our Exchange services have been available for at least 12 months at the beginning of the relevant period.  In addition, “gross margin percentage” is defined as net sales less cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales.

Recent Developments

DS Waters’ Agreement

On November 12, 2013, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement (the “DS Agreement”) with DS Waters of America, Inc. (“DS Waters”) pursuant to which DS Waters will act as our primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the Exchange business in the United States.  Pursuant to the DS Agreement, DS Waters will become our primary bottler and distributor in the United States in all territories for which we do not currently have an existing distributor agreement and in other territories as existing distributor arrangements expire or are terminated.  We currently expect the transition from our current network of distributors to DS Waters to occur over a two year period.

36

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Consolidated statements of operations data:
Net sales	$	91,209		$	91,479
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		68,367			70,081
Selling, general and administrative expenses		15,151			17,708
Non-recurring costs		777			743
Depreciation and amortization		11,333			11,102
Goodwill and other impairments		–			82,013
Total operating costs and expenses		95,628			181,647
Loss from operations		(4,419	)		(90,168	)
Interest expense and other, net		4,425			4,043
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(8,844	)		(94,211	)
Income tax benefit		–			(961	)
Loss from continuing operations		(8,844	)		(93,250	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(1,862	)		(17,779	)
Net loss	$	(10,706	)	$	(111,029	)

The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Consolidated statements of operations data:
Net sales		100.0	%		100.0	%
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		75.0			76.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses		16.6			19.4
Non-recurring costs		0.9			0.8
Depreciation and amortization		12.4			12.1
Goodwill and other impairments		–			89.7
Total operating costs and expenses		104.9			198.6
Loss from operations		(4.8	)		(98.6	)
Interest expense and other, net		4.9			4.4
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(9.7	)		(103.0	)
Income tax provision		–			(1.1	)
Loss from continuing operations		(9.7	)		(101.9	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(2.0	)		(19.4	)
Net loss		(11.7	%)		(121.3	%)

37

The following table sets forth our segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations presented on a segment basis and reconciled to our consolidated loss from operations.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Segment net sales
Water	$	63,828		$	62,667
Dispensers		27,381			28,812
Total net sales	$	91,209		$	91,479
Segment income (loss) from operations
Water	$	17,591		$	16,477
Dispensers		827			(1,319	)
Corporate		(10,727	)		(11,468	)
Non-recurring costs		(777	)		(743	)
Depreciation and amortization		(11,333	)		(11,102	)
Goodwill and other impairments		–			(82,013	)
Loss from operations	$	(4,419	)	$	(90,168	)

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net Sales.  Net sales decreased 0.3%, or $0.3 million, to $91.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $91.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in net sales resulted from a $1.5 million decrease in Dispenser sales partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in Water sales.

Water. Water net sales increased 1.9% to $63.8 million, representing 70.0% of our total net sales for 2013. Five-gallon equivalent units for Water increased 0.7% to 27.8 million units for 2013 from 27.6 million units for 2012.  The increase in Water net sales was primarily due to a 4.9% increase in U.S. Exchange sales, driven by same-store unit growth of 10.4% during 2013.  Same-store sales increased greater than the overall increase in sales due to a decrease of 700 locations during the year.  The increase in U.S. Exchange sales was partially offset by a reduction of 1.0% in Refill sales.

Dispensers. Dispensers net sales decreased 5.0% to $27.4 million, representing 30.0% of our total net sales for 2013. The decrease is primarily due to additional sales in 2012 related to the rollout of new dispenser retail locations for a major retailer and the tighter management of inventory levels by retailers during 2013. Despite the 6.2% decline in dispenser unit sell-in to retailers, dispenser unit sell-thru to consumers increased 11.1% for 2013 compared to 2012.

Gross Margin Percentage. Our overall gross margin percentage increased to 25.0% for 2013 from 23.4% for 2012 due to improvements in both Water and Dispensers margins.

Water. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in our Water segment increased to 32.9% for 2013 compared to 32.5% for 2012. An improvement in Exchange gross margin percentage for the year, due primarily to improvements in supply chain costs, was partially offset by a slight reduction in Refill gross margin percentage.  We currently expect supply chain costs to continue to decrease primarily as a result of the DS Agreement, which should result in an improved gross margin percentage.  The improvement in supply chain costs should occur as we transition our current network of Exchange distributors to DS Waters in the United States, over the next two years.

Dispensers. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in our Dispensers segment increased to 6.7% for 2013 from 3.7% for 2012. The increase in gross margin percentage was primarily due to price increases to our customers that became effective during the third quarter of 2012 and the mix of higher margin products being sold.

38

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”). SG&A decreased 14.4% to $15.2 million for 2013 from $17.7 million for 2012.  As a percentage of net sales, SG&A decreased to 16.6% for 2013 from 19.4% for 2012.

Water. SG&A for our Water segment decreased 11.5% to $3.4 million for 2013 from $3.9 million for 2012. Water SG&A as a percentage of Water net sales decreased to 5.3% for 2013 compared to 6.2% for 2012.  The decrease in Water SG&A was primarily a result of the reduction in advertising and marketing-related costs.  We expect to continue to leverage costs with sales growth and the anticipated impact of the DS Agreement.

Dispensers. SG&A for our Dispensers segment decreased 57.5% to $1.0 million for 2013 from $2.4 million for 2012. SG&A as a percentage of Dispensers segment net sales decreased to 3.7% for 2013 from 8.3% for 2012. The change was primarily related to a decrease for adverstising and marketing expenses, partially attributable to a one-time expense of $0.35 million related to the rollout of new dispenser locations for 2012.

Corporate. Corporate SG&A decreased 6.5% to $10.8 million for 2013 from $11.4 million for 2012.  Corporate SG&A as a percentage of consolidated net sales decreased to 11.8% for 2013 from 12.5% for 2012.  We expect to continue to leverage Corporate SG&A costs with future sales growth.

Non-Recurring Costs. Non-recurring costs increased to $0.8 million for 2013 from $0.7 million for 2012.  Non-recurring costs for 2013 were primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with our partnership with DS Waters as well as non-recurring severance and restructuring-related expenses.  We expect to incur non-recurring, transition costs relating to the DS Agreement ranging between $2.0 million and $2.5 million for 2014.  Non-recurring costs for 2012 were primarily related to employee severance costs associated with the elimination of duplicate management roles related to the Refill services business, the restructuring and consolidation of Water operations and litigation-related expenses.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased 2.1% to $11.3 million for 2013 from $11.1 million for 2012. The increase was primarily due to increased depreciation on bottles used in our Exchange business attributable to our change in the estimated useful life of bottles from three years to two years effective July 1, 2012.

Goodwill and Other Impairments. We recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $79.1 million for the Water reporting unit for 2012.  We also recorded non-cash impairment charges of $2.9 million related to other current assets for 2012.  No such charges were incurred for 2013.

Interest Expense and Other, net. Interest expense increased to $4.4 million for 2013 from $4.0 million for 2012.  Lower deferred loan cost amortization was offset by the impact of supplier financing costs incurred in 2013 which were not incurred in 2012.

Income Tax Benefit. In 2012, the impairment of the goodwill (see Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) resulted in a reversal of the related deferred tax liability recorded at December 31, 2011and the recognition of a deferred tax asset and an income tax benefit.  We have provided valuation allowances to fully offset the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Discontinued Operations. Loss from discontinued operations was $1.9 million for 2013 compared to $17.8 million for 2012.  The decrease is due primarily to the impact of impairment charges to goodwill and developed technology recorded for 2012.

39

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Adequacy of Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of stock, the issuance of debt and borrowings under credit facilities. While we had no material commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2013, we anticipate net capital expenditures to range between $5.5 million and $7.5 million for 2014. Anticipated capital expenditures are related primarily to growth in Water locations.  In addition, we expect to incur non-recurring, transition costs ranging between $2.0 million and $2.5 million for 2014 related to the DS Agreement.

At December 31, 2013, our cash totaled $0.4 million and we had approximately $0.5 million in additional availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility. This availability is subject to borrowing base requirements related to our eligible accounts receivable and inventory.  In January 2014, we received the $2.5 million proceeds from the “Third Add-on Term Loan” described below.  At February 28, 2014, we had approximately $2.7 million in additional availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents, availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our current capital needs for general corporate purposes.

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now anticipated and will depend on many factors including:  the rate of growth in new Water locations and related display, rack and reverse osmosis filtration system costs, cost to develop new Dispenser product lines, sales and marketing resources needed to further penetrate our markets, the expansion of our operations in the United States and Canada, the response of competitors to our solutions and products, as well as acquisitions of other businesses.  Historically, we have experienced increases in our capital expenditures consistent with the growth in our operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our expenditures will continue to increase as we grow our business, subject to limits related to our Term Loans and Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

Our ability to satisfy our obligations or to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our future performance, which to a certain extent is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control.  We also believe that if we pursue any material acquisitions in the foreseeable future we will need to finance this activity through the issuance of equity or additional debt financing.

Changes in Cash Flows

The following table shows the components of our cash flows for the periods presented (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	6.6		$	5.9
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(7.3	)	$	(5.9	)
Net cash provided by financing activities	$	0.9		$	5.1

40

Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased to $6.6 million for 2013 from $5.9 million for 2012, driven primarily by the lower loss from continuing operations partially offset by an increase in cash used to fund net working capital components.

Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased to $7.3 million for 2013 from $5.9 million for 2012, caused by increases in cash used for capital expenditures.

Our primary investing activities are typically capital expenditures for property, equipment and bottles and include expenditures related to the installation of our recycle centers, display racks and reverse osmosis filtration systems at new Water locations. For 2013, investing activities also included capital expenditures for the implementation of a remote monitoring technology used in our Refill services business.

Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased to $0.9 million for 2013 from $5.1 million for 2012.  During 2013, cash provided by financing activities was primarily related to net borrowings on our credit facility and term loans of $1.6 million, which were partially offset by debt issuance costs of $0.8 million.  During 2012, cash provided by financing activities was primarily related to net borrowings on our credit facilities and term loans of $7.7 million, which were partially offset by debt issuance costs of $2.2 million.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Facility on April 30, 2012, as amended on February 21, 2013, that replaced our prior senior credit facility.  The Senior Revolving Credit Facility provides for total borrowing availability of up to $20.0 million, subject to borrowing base requirements related to our eligible accounts receivable and inventory and subject to a $2.0 million reserve requirement. The Senior Revolving Credit Facility has a three and one-half year term and is secured either on a first priority or second priority basis by substantially all of our assets. The term of the Senior Revolving Credit Facility may be extended up to April 30, 2017 so long as the maturity of the Comvest Term Loans (as defined below) is extended to at least October 30, 2017. At December 31, 2013, we had $3.1 million in outstanding borrowings at a weighted-average interest rate of 6.0%, with $0.5 million in additional availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility after giving effect to the borrowing base requirements.

Interest on outstanding borrowings under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility is payable at our option at either a floating base rate or a one-, two- or three-month LIBOR rate. We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the unused amount of the commitment under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  The Senior Revolving Credit Facility contains a limit on capital expenditures of $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for each year thereafter.  The limit for capital expenditures may be increased based upon meeting the fixed charge coverage ratio, as stipulated and defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the limit was increased based upon our fixed charge coverage ratio.  In addition, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility does cross default to the Comvest Credit Agreement (as defined below).  Life-to-date costs associated with the Senior Revolving Credit Facility were $0.9 million, which were capitalized and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the term of the debt.  At December 31, 2013, accumulated amortization related to Senior Revolving Credit Facility deferred loan costs was $0.4 million.

41

Comvest Term Loans

We entered into a credit and security agreement on April 30, 2012 (the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which a $15.2 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) was provided.  The Credit Agreement was amended on November 6, 2012 (the “First Amendment”) to contemplate the plan to exit the Flavorstation business (see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and provide for the classification of the operating results related to the Disposal Group as discontinued operations.  In connection with the amendment, the lender consented to our sale of inventory and other assets related to the Disposal Group outside the ordinary course of business.  Also in connection with the First Amendment, we paid the lender a $0.15 million fee and agreed to certain changes to prepayment penalties and financial covenants.

The Credit Agreement was amended on June 14, 2013 (the “Second Amendment”) to provide for an additional $3.0 million in borrowing under an additional term loan (the “First Add-On Term Loan”, and together with the Term Loan, the “Second Add-On Term Loan” and the “Third Add-On Term Loan” described below, the “Comvest Term Loans”), adjust the interest rate on the Term Loan, eliminate certain financial covenants and make further adjustments to prepayment penalties.  Under the terms of the Second Amendment, interest on outstanding amounts owed under the Comvest Term Loans is payable at the rate of 12.5% per annum in cash.  Also in connection with the Second Amendment, we paid the lender amendment and funding fees of $0.4 million.

On December 24, 2013, we entered into an amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement to provide for two additional term loans: the $2.5 million “Second Add-On Term Loan” provided on the date of the Third Amendment; and the $2.5 million “Third Add-On Term Loan” provided in January 2014.  The interest and other terms of the Second and Third Add-On Term Loans are consistent with those described above for the First Add-On Term Loan.  The Third Amendment also revised the Credit Agreement to make certain adjustments to the definition of EBITDA to contemplate the strategic alliance with DS Waters and the increasing minimum EBITDA thresholds applicable to Primo that are measured at the end of each quarter, as described below.  Also in connection with the Third Amendment, we paid the lender amendment and funding fees of $0.3 million.

The outstanding balance of the Comvest Term Loans is due and payable in a single installment on April 30, 2016, subject to prepayment in specified circumstances, including sales or dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business and sales of equity or debt securities by the Company. The Comvest Term Loans are secured by substantially all of our assets on either a first priority or second priority basis. The first priority assets consist of substantially all of the assets related to our refill services business. The security interest in all of our other assets is subordinate to the security interest securing the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2013, our outstanding balance under our Comvest Term Loans was $21.0 million and at January 31, 2014, our outstanding balance under our Comvest Term Loans increased to $23.5 million as a result of the Third Add-On Term Loan.

The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants: (i) a limit on capital expenditures of $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for each year thereafter; (ii) an increasing minimum adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) threshold that is measured at the end of each quarter, and (iii) a decreasing total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio that is measured at the end of each quarter.

At December 31, 2013 we were in compliance with all covenants, including the following:  the minimum Adjusted EBITDA threshold was $8.8 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $9.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013; and the maximum allowed total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio was 3.7:1 and our ratio was 2.7:1 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

Life-to-date costs associated with the Term Loan were $1.1 million, which were capitalized and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the term of the debt.  Life-to-date costs associated with the Second and Third Amendments were $0.8 million, which were reflected as adiscount on our debt and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.  

42

Adjusted EBITDA U.S. GAAP Reconciliation

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure that is calculated as loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit, interest expense and other, net, depreciation and amortization, goodwill and other impairment, non-cash stock-based compensation expense, non-recurring costs, loss on disposal of assets and other.  

Our Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that use Adjusted EBITDA.  We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations.  Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to compare our performance to that of prior periods for trend analyses and planning purposes and is presented to our board of directors.

Non-U.S. GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA excludes significant expenses that are required by U.S. GAAP to be recorded in our financial statements and is subject to inherent limitations.  In addition, other companies in our industry may calculate this non-U.S. GAAP measure differently than we do or may not calculate it at all, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. The table below provides a reconciliation between loss from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA.

	Years ended
	December 31,
	2013			2012
Loss from continuing operations	$	(8,844	)	$	(93,250	)
Depreciation and amortization		11,333			11,102
Interest expense and other, net		4,425			4,043
Income tax benefit		–			(961	)
EBITDA		6,914			(79,066	)
Goodwill and other impairments		–			82,013
Non-cash, stock-based compensation expense		1,034			1,252
Non-recurring costs		777			743
Loss on disposal of assets and other		342			509
Adjusted EBITDA	$	9,067		$	5,451

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. Additionally, we are not a party to any derivative contracts or synthetic leases.

Inflation

During the last four years, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.

Seasonality; Fluctuations of Results

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in our sales and operating income. Our sales and operating income have been highest in the spring and summer and lowest in the fall and winter. Our Water segment, which generally enjoys higher margins than our Dispensers segment, experiences higher sales and operating income in the spring and summer. We have historically experienced higher sales and operating income from our water dispensers in spring and summer; however, we believe the seasonality of dispenser sales are more dependent on retailer inventory management and purchasing cycles and not correlated to weather. Sustained periods of poor weather, particularly in the spring and summer, can negatively impact our sales in our higher margin Water segment. Accordingly, our results of operations in any quarter will not necessarily be indicative of the results that we may achieve for a year or any future quarter.

43

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the financial statements are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments and assumptions and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be affected. Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, depreciation, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill, valuation of deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.

Revenue Recognition.  Revenue is recognized for the sale of multi-gallon purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to the retail store or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a multi-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty multi-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange discount. Self-service refill water revenue is recognized as the water is filtered, which is measured by the water dispensing equipment meter.

  Revenue is recognized for the sale of our water dispenser products when title is transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to accept returns nor do we guarantee sales. However, we will at times accept returns or issue credits for manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues are recognized net of an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate based upon historical experience.

In addition, we offer certain incentives such as coupons and rebates that are netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. With the purchase of certain of our water dispensers we include a coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of purified water. No revenue is recognized with respect to the redemption of the coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of water and the estimated cost of the multi-gallon bottle of purified water is included in cost of sales.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from our retail customers’ inability to pay us.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis.  Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends.  These amounts are continuously monitored as additional information is obtained.  Any material change in our customers’ business or cash flows would affect our ability to collect amounts due.

Long-Lived Assets. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.We classify intangible assets into three categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization and (3) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, primarily on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives.

44

We test intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. We perform these annual impairment tests as of the first day of our fourth quarter. In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we perform a two-step goodwill impairment test.  The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value is estimated based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flows and the market approach. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process is performed which compares the implied value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  As described in Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $67.7 million and $11.5 million effective December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, respectively, for the Water reporting unit.  As a result of these impairments, no Goodwill was reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a combination of the income approach, weighted based on the circumstances, using a discounted cash flow model, and a market approach, which considers comparable companies and transactions. Under the income approach, the discounted cash flow model determines fair value based on the present value of projected cash flows over a specific projection period and a residual value related to future cash flows beyond the projection period. Both values are discounted using a rate which reflects our best estimate of the weighted average cost of capital of a market participant, and is adjusted for appropriate risk factors. We perform sensitivity tests with respect to growth rates and discount rates used in the income approach. Under the market approach, valuation multiples are derived based on a selection of comparable companies and acquisition transactions, and applied to projected operating data for each reporting unit to arrive at an indication of fair value.

For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, the impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.

As required by U.S. GAAP, we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for our stock-based employee and director compensation plans in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period).

We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. The options generally vest over a period of one to four years, based on graded vesting, and expire ten years from the date of grant. The terms and conditions of the awards made under the Plans vary but, in general, are at the discretion of the board of directors or its appointed committee.

45

The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the expected life at the time of grant.  As a result of our limited trading history beginning on November 5, 2010, our expected volatility is based on the average long-term historical volatilities of peer companies. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine expected volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.  Also, due to our limited trading history, we are using the “simplified method” to calculate expected holding periods, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. We will continue to use this method until we have sufficient historical exercise experience to give us confidence that our calculations based on such experience will be reliable.  The dividend yield assumption is based on our current intent not to issue dividends.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

February 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component.  In addition, companies are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.   For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  We have adopted this updated guidance effective January 1, 2013.  The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

In July 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance requiring that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows.  To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  We will adopt this updated guidance effective January 1, 2014.  The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

The information required by Item 7A is not required to be provided by issuers that satisfy the definition of "smaller reporting company" under SEC rules.

46

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	48
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements	49
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012	50
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	51
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	52
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	53
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	54
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	55

47

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; (2) provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the board of directors of Primo; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992 framework). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.

48

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Primo Water Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 17, 2014

49

 PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value information)

	December 31,			December 31,
	2013			2012
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash	$	394		$	234
Accounts receivable, net		7,614			9,894
Inventories		6,346			7,572
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		1,274			812
Current assets of disposal group held for sale		225			3,041
Total current assets		15,853			21,553
Bottles, net		4,104			3,838
Property and equipment, net		38,634			41,947
Intangible assets, net		10,872			12,477
Other assets		1,508			1,960
Total assets	$	70,971		$	81,775
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	10,943		$	11,455
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		3,380			4,305
Current portion of capital leases and notes payable		16			15
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale		92			2,784
Total current liabilities		14,431			18,559
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current portion		22,654			21,251
Other long-term liabilities		330			352
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion		2,000			–
Total liabilities		39,415			40,162
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value - 10,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding		–			–
Common stock, $0.001 par value - 70,000 shares authorized, 24,076 and 23,772 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively		24			24
Additional paid-in capital		273,379			272,336
Common stock warrants		8,420			8,420
Accumulated deficit		(249,837	)		(239,131	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(430	)		(36	)
Total stockholders’ equity		31,556			41,613
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	70,971		$	81,775

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

50

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net sales	$	91,209		$	91,479
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		68,367			70,081
Selling, general and administrative expenses		15,151			17,708
Non-recurring costs		777			743
Depreciation and amortization		11,333			11,102
Goodwill and other impairments		–			82,013
Total operating costs and expenses		95,628			181,647
Loss from operations		(4,419	)		(90,168	)
Interest expense and other, net		4,425			4,043
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(8,844	)		(94,211	)
Income tax benefit		–			(961	)
Loss from continuing operations		(8,844	)		(93,250	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(1,862	)		(17,779	)
Net loss	$	(10,706	)	$	(111,029	)
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
Loss from continuing operations	$	(0.37	)	$	(3.93	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(0.08	)	$	(0.75	)
Net loss	$	(0.45	)	$	(4.68	)
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		23,935			23,725

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

51

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net loss	$	(10,706	)	$	(111,029	)
Other comprehensive (income) loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net		(394	)		484
Comprehensive loss	$	(11,100	)	$	(110,545	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

52

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in			Common Stock		Accumulated Other Comprehensive			Accumulated			Total Stockholders’
	Shares		Amount		Capital			Warrants		Income			Deficit			Equity
Balance, December 31, 2011		23,658	$	24	$	271,220		$	7,007	$	(520	)	$	(128,102	)	$	149,629
Employee stock compensation plans, net		114		–		1,290			–		–			–			1,290
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs		–		–		(174	)		–		–			–			(174	)
Issuance and modification of warrant		–		–		–			1,413		–			–			1,413
Net loss		–		–		–			–		–			(111,029	)		(111,029	)
Other comprehensive income		–		–		–			–		484			–			484
Balance, December 31, 2012		23,772	$	24	$	272,336		$	8,420	$	(36	)	$	(239,131	)	$	41,613
Employee stock compensation plans, net		304		–		1,047			–		–			–			1,047
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs		–		–		(4	)		–		–			–			(4	)
Net loss		–		–		–			–		–			(10,706	)		(10,706	)
Other comprehensive loss		–		–		–			–		(394	)		–			(394	)
Balance, December 31, 2013		24,076	$	24	$	273,379		$	8,420	$	(430	)	$	(249,837	)	$	31,556

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

53

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (In thousands)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(10,706	)	$	(111,029	)
Less: Loss from discontinued operations		(1,862	)		(17,779	)
Loss from continuing operations		(8,844	)		(93,250	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		11,333			11,102
Stock-based compensation expense		1,034			1,252
Non-cash interest expense		1,162			2,002
Deferred income tax expense		–			(961	)
Goodwill impairment		–			82,013
Other		(6	)		263
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		2,464			2,253
Inventories		1,205			(1,257	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(308	)		(100	)
Accounts payable		(437	)		943
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		(970	)		1,602
Net cash provided by operating activities		6,633			5,862
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(4,793	)		(4,038	)
Purchases of bottles, net of disposals		(2,507	)		(1,291	)
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment		38			81
Additions to and acquisitions of intangible assets		(45	)		(663	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(7,307	)		(5,911	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities		91,135			46,194
Payments under revolving credit facilities		(95,067	)		(53,617	)
Borrowings under Comvest Term loans		5,500			15,150
Note payable and capital lease payments		(15	)		(14	)
Debt issuance costs		(797	)		(2,203	)
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of issuance costs		(4	)		(491	)
Stock option and employee stock purchase activity, net		130			39
Net cash provided by financing activities		882			5,058
Net increase in cash		208			5,009
Cash, beginning of year		234			751
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(104	)		9
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations from:
Operating activities		56			(5,226	)
Investing activities		–			(309	)
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations		56			(5,535	)
Cash, end of period	$	394		$	234

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

54

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Primo Water Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Primo”, “we”, “our,” “us”) is a leading provider of multi-gallon purified bottled water, self-service refill water and water dispensers sold through major retailers in the United States and Canada.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Primo and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Our consolidated statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions.  We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the financial statements are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be affected.  Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, future cash flows associated with long-lived assets, fair value assumptions in analyzing goodwill, depreciation, valuation of intangible assets, valuation of deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts reported previously have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, with no effect on stockholders’ equity or net loss as previously presented.

Discontinued Operations

As described in Note 4, during 2012, we committed to a plan to sell the assets of the sparkling beverage appliances, flavorings, CO2 cylinders and accessories business sold under the Flavorstation brand (the “Disposal Group”).  We determined that the Disposal Group meets the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.  As a result, the results of operations and financial position of the Disposal Group for the current and prior year are reflected as discontinued operations.

DS Waters’ Agreement

On November 12, 2013, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement (the “DS Agreement”) with DS Waters of America, Inc. (“DS Waters”) pursuant to which DS Waters will act as our primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the Exchange business in the United States.  Pursuant to the DS Agreement, DS Waters will become our primary bottler and distributor in the United States in all territories for which we do not currently have an existing distributor agreement and in other territories as existing distributor arrangements expire or are terminated.  We currently expect the transition from our current network of distributors to DS Waters to occur over a two year period.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized for the sale of multi-gallon purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to the retail store or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a multi-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty multi-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange discount. Self-service refill water revenue is recognized as the water is filtered, which is measured by the water dispensing equipment meter.

55

Revenue is recognized for the sale of our water dispenser products when title is transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to accept returns nor do we guarantee sales. However, we will at times accept returns or issue credits for manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues are recognized net of an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate based upon historical experience.

In addition, we offer certain incentives such as coupons and rebates that are netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. With the purchase of certain of our water dispensers we include a coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of purified water. No revenue is recognized with respect to the redemption of the coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of water and the estimated cost of the multi-gallon bottle of purified water is included in cost of sales.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

All trade accounts receivable are due from customers located within the United States and Canada. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts of $321 and $792 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.

	Beginning Balance		Amounts Charged or (Credited) to Expense			Deductions			Ending Balance
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	792		(275	)		(196	)	$	321
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	471		410			(89	)	$	792

Inventories

Our inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Miscellaneous selling supplies such as labels are expensed when purchased.

Bottles

Bottles consist of three- and five- gallon refillable polycarbonate bottles used in our exchange business and are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of two years.  During 2012, we changed our estimate of the useful life of bottles which resulted in incremental depreciation expense of $358 for the last six months of 2012 reported in depreciation and amortization in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Internal and external costs incurred to acquire and create internal use software are capitalized and amortized over the useful life of the software. Depreciation and amortization is generally calculated using straight-line methods over estimated useful lives that range from two to ten years, taking into account estimated salvage values for certain assets.

We incur maintenance costs on our major equipment. Maintenance, repair and minor refurbishment costs are charged to expense as incurred, while additions, renewals, and improvements are capitalized.

56

Customer Bottle Deposits

In our Canadian Exchange business, we collect a refundable deposit on each customer’s initial purchase of our water.  If a customer decides to exit our program, the deposit is refunded.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, customer bottle deposits of $708 and $773, respectively, were reported in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Beginning in 2013, we estimate a portion of deposits which, based on historical experience, we do not believe will be refunded to customers.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the customer bottle deposit liability was reduced by $180 for such estimates.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We classify intangible assets into three categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization and (3) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, primarily on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives.

We test intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. We perform these annual impairment tests as of the first day of our fourth quarter. In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we perform a two-step goodwill impairment test.  The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value is estimated based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flows and the market approach. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process is performed which compares the implied value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  We recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $67,658 and $11,488 effective December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, respectively, for the Water reporting unit.  As a result of these impairments, no Goodwill was reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a combination of the income approach, weighted based on the circumstances, using a discounted cash flow model, and a market approach, which considers comparable companies and transactions. Under the income approach, the discounted cash flow model determines fair value based on the present value of projected cash flows over a specific projection period and a residual value related to future cash flows beyond the projection period. Both values are discounted using a rate which reflects our best estimate of the weighted average cost of capital of a market participant, and is adjusted for appropriate risk factors. We perform sensitivity tests with respect to growth rates and discount rates used in the income approach. Under the market approach, valuation multiples are derived based on a selection of comparable companies and acquisition transactions, and applied to projected operating data for each reporting unit to arrive at an indication of fair value.

For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, the impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  

Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

57

Stock-Based Compensation

U.S. GAAP requires recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period).  We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. The options generally vest over a period of one to four years, based on graded vesting, and expire ten years from the date of grant.

Research, Development and Engineering

Research, development and engineering costs, primarily related to the design and innovation of water dispensers, are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Costs incurred for producing and distributing advertising and advertising materials are expensed as incurred or the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs totaled $70 and $230 for 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Concentrations of Risk

Our principal financial instruments subject to potential concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses. We invest our funds in a highly rated institution and believe the financial risks associated with cash and cash equivalents are minimal. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $171 and $233, respectively, of our cash on deposit exceeded the insured limits.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and maintain allowances for doubtful accounts that we believe are sufficient to provide for losses that may be sustained on realization of accounts receivable.  We had two customers that accounted for approximately 45% and 25% of sales in 2013 and two customers that accounted for approximately 43% and 22% of sales in 2012.  We had three customers that accounted for approximately 42%, 11% and 8% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2013 and three customers that accounted for approximately 49%, 8% and 7% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2012.

Basic and Diluted Net loss Per Share

Net loss per share has been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted amounts per share include the dilutive impact, if any, of our outstanding potential common shares, such as options and warrants and convertible preferred stock. Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, stock options, unvested shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and warrants with respect to an aggregate of 2,611 and 1,976 shares have been excluded from the computation of the number of shares used in the diluted earnings per share, respectively.  These shares have been excluded because we incurred a net loss for each of these periods and their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.

As required by U.S. GAAP, we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

58

Cumulative Translation Adjustment and Foreign Currency Transactions

The local currency of our operations in Canada is considered to be the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of the Canada subsidiary are translated into U. S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rate prevailing throughout the period. The effects of unrealized exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U. S. dollars are accumulated as the cumulative translation adjustment included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the statement of stockholders’ equity. With the exception of transaction gains and losses on certain intercompany balances which we have determined are of a long-term investment nature, realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the statement of operations. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, accumulated other comprehensive loss balances of $430 and $36, respectively, were related to unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments and transaction gains and losses on certain intercompany balances.

Non-recurring costs

Transactions that are unusual in nature or which occur infrequently, but not both, are reported as non-recurring costs on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Non-recurring costs consist primarily of legal and other expenses associated with the DS Agreement as well as other legal, severance and restructuring-related expenses.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

February 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component.  In addition, companies are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.   For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  We have adopted this updated guidance effective January 1, 2013.  The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

In July 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance requiring that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows.  To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  We will adopt this updated guidance effective January 1, 2014.  The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

2. Goodwill and Other Impairments

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2012 are summarized as follows:

	Water
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	78,823
Goodwill impairment		(79,146	)
Effect of foreign currency translation		323
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	–

59

Effective October 1, 2012, we performed the annual impairment test of our goodwill.  The first step of the impairment test involves a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit that carries goodwill to its carrying value.  As of our impairment testing date, the Water reporting unit was the only reporting unit carrying goodwill.  The fair value is estimated based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flows and the market approach. Based on the results of step one of the impairment test, we determined that our Water reporting unit had a carrying value higher than its estimated fair value.  We performed the second step of impairment test which required us to compare the implied value of the reporting unit goodwill to its carrying value.  If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. We had to determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if we had acquired the reporting unit in an arm’s length transaction as of the testing date.  We performed this analysis by deducting the estimated fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.  Because the recorded amount of goodwill exceeded the amount of goodwill that would have been recorded under the second step as of the impairment testing date, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $67,658 million for the Water reporting unit, representing a full impairment.  The impairment was primarily the result of placing greater weight on the market valuation approach.  The sustained decrease in our stock price relative to our book value resulted in placing a greater weight on the market approach in determining the fair value of the Water reporting unit compared to our annual 2011 and interim 2012 impairment tests.

Effective June 30, 2012, we performed a step one interim impairment test of our goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets due to events and changes in circumstances that indicated impairment might have occurred.  The factor deemed by management to have constituted a potential impairment triggering event was the sustained decrease in our stock price relative to our book value.  This test was performed for each of our reporting units that carried goodwill as of the testing date:  Water and the Disposal Group.  See Note 4 for further discussion of the impairment recorded for the Disposal Group.  Based on the results of the step one test we determined that our Water reporting unit had a carrying value higher than its estimated fair value.  We performed the second step of the impairment test following the same approach described for our annual test and recorded an $11,488 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

Electrotemp Receivable

In October 2011, Primo, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, filed a complaint against our third-party manufacturer, Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc. for breach of contract that arose out of failure to credit us for defective water coolers (see “Electrotemp” in Note 11).  In connection with the warranty claims we had recorded a warranty receivable of $2,866 from the manufacturer, Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc.  As of December 31, 2012, as a result of the uncertainties of the outcome of the arbitration we recorded an impairment charge for the full amount of the warranty receivable reflected in Goodwill and other impairments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

3. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2013							December 31, 2012
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	15,926	$	(5,687	)	$	10,239	$	16,228	$	(4,704	)	$	11,524
Patent costs		1,188		(785	)		403		1,151		(420	)		731
		17,114		(6,472	)		10,642		17,379		(5,124	)		12,255
Unamortized intangible assets:
Trademarks		230		–			230		222		–			222
Total	$	17,344	$	(6,472	)	$	10,872	$	17,601	$	(5,124	)	$	12,477

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1,410 and $1,385 in 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Amortization expense related to intangible assets, which is an estimate for each future year and subject to change, is as follows:

2014		1,222
2015		1,006
2016		871
2017		852
2018		848
Thereafter		5,843
Total	$	10,642

60

4. Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations

Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business

On April 11, 2011, we completed the acquisition of certain intellectual property and other assets (the “Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business”) from Omnifrio Beverage Company, LLC (“Omnifrio”) for total consideration of up to $14,060, consisting of:  (i) a cash payment at closing of $2,000; (ii) the issuance at closing of 501 shares of our common stock; (iii) a cash payment of $2,000 on the 15-month anniversary of the closing date (subject to our setoff rights in the asset purchase agreement); (iv) up to $3,000 in cash milestone payments; and (v) the assumption of certain specified liabilities relating to the Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business.

On March 15, 2012, we entered into the Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Second Amendment") with Omnifrio and the other parties thereto. The Second Amendment amends the Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2011, as amended on May 11, 2011, by and among the Primo, Omnifrio and the other parties thereto (the "Purchase Agreement”) to revise the cash milestone payments and deferred purchase price payments payable under the Purchase Agreement.

Under the Second Amendment, we agreed to make milestone payments consisting of (i) a cash payment of $1,000, subject to certain offset amounts, upon our shipment of 5 single-serve beverage dispensing appliances to a retail customer, (ii) a second cash payment of $1,000, subject to certain offset amounts, upon our shipment of the next 10 single-serve beverage dispensing appliances to a retail customer, and (iii) a final cash payment of $1,000, subject to certain offset amounts, upon our shipment of the next 10 single-serve beverage dispensing appliances to a retail customer. Additionally, under the Second Amendment, our deferred purchase price payments were revised as follows: (i) $1,000 on June 11, 2012 and (ii) $1,000 on January 4, 2013.

Delays in the development and manufacturing of the Omnifrio appliance caused us to significantly decrease our future sales projections, which caused the reduction in the estimated fair value of the milestone payments.  We do not expect to make any cash milestone payments.  The decrease in estimated fair value of the milestone payments resulted in other operating income of $2,457 for the year ended December 31, 2012, which is shown as a component of the loss from discontinued operations (see “Discontinued Operations” below for details for the loss from discontinued operations; see Note 13 for full fair value information).

On July 19, 2013, we entered into a conditional settlement and release agreement with Omnifrio and certain other parties pursuant to which we agreed to, among other things, use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the assets purchased from Omnifrio and to provide Omnifrio certain amounts of the proceeds of any such sale in exchange for Omnifrio agreeing to release us from any claims related to the milestone payments included in our original purchase agreement with Omnifrio and, upon the sale of such assets, to release us from any claims related to the deferred purchase price payments included in such agreement.  At December 31, 2013, no such sale had been negotiated and deferred purchase price payments totaling $2,000 were included within liabilities of Disposal Group held for sale, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets.  The deferred purchase price payments totaled $2,000 at December 31, 2012 and were included within current liabilities of Disposal Group held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets.

Discontinued Operations

During 2012, we committed to a plan to sell the assets of the Disposal Group, which includes sparkling beverage appliances, flavorings, CO2 cylinders and accessories sold under the Flavorstation brand as well as the Omnifrio Single-Serve Business and initiated an active program to execute this plan.  In addition, we determined that the Disposal Group met all of the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.  As a result, current and prior year amounts and disclosures reflect these operations as discontinued operations.

61

The assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group classified as held for sale are summarized as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Current assets of disposal group held for sale
Accounts receivable, net	$	15	$	–
Inventories		200		2,794
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		10		247
	$	225	$	3,041
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale
Accounts payable		39		146
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		53		2,638
	$	92	$	2,784
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion
Other long-term liabilities		2,000		–
	$	2,000	$	–

The net sales and operating results classified as discontinued operations were as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net sales	$	2,706		$	363
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		3,020			3,491
Selling, general and administrative		479			1,600
Other operating income		–			(2,457	)
Depreciation and amortization		–			650
Goodwill and other impairments		1,069			14,742
Loss on disposal of fixed assets		–			116
Total operating costs and expenses		4,568			18,142
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(1,862	)	$	(17,779	)

Goodwill and Other Impairments

During the first quarter of 2013, we sold a portion of the inventory of the Disposal Group in a transaction in which we received cash and barter credits.  We valued the barter credits at the fair value of the products and services to be received upon exchange as they have a more readily determinable fair value than the products exchanged.  We initially recorded the barter credits at their estimated fair value of $266 and $1,009 in prepaid expenses and other current assets and in other assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Subsequently, during the fourth quarter of 2013, based on changes in our estimated future levels of usage, we recorded a non-cash impairment of $1,069 for the barter credits reflected in the results of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.  At December 31, 2013, the barter credits were recorded at their fair value of $10 and $187 in prepaid expenses and other current assets and in other assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

62

As described in Note 2, effective June 30, 2012, we performed goodwill and other intangible asset impairment tests.  In addition to the sustained decrease in our stock price relative to our book value, we noted that delays in product development and manufacturing of the Omnifrio Single-Serve Business appliance created an indication of impairment in the related goodwill and developed technology definite-lived intangible asset.  We recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment of $6,433.  The developed technology intangible asset was also considered impaired as its carrying value exceeded its undiscounted cash flows.  We recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $7,013 for the developed technology intangible asset.  These impairment charges are included in the results of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

5. Bottles

Bottles are summarized as follows at December 31:

	2013			2012
Cost	$	4,535		$	4,439
Less accumulated depreciation		(431	)		(601	)
	$	4,104		$	3,838

Depreciation expense for bottles was $2,186 and $1,908 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is summarized as follows at December 31:

	2013			2012
Leasehold improvements	$	87		$	87
Machinery and equipment		8,347			8,046
Vending equipment		24,083			21,757
Racks and display panels		33,562			32,452
Office furniture and equipment		234			234
Software and computer equipment		3,972			3,738
Equipment not in service		1,525			1,396
		71,810			67,708
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(33,176	)		(25,761	)
	$	38,634		$	41,947

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $7,737 and $7,809 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

	2013		2012
Accrued payroll and related items	$	335	$	351
Accrued severance		164		363
Accrued professional and other expenses		1,405		1,905
Accrued interest		229		219
Accrued sales tax payable		217		351
Customer bottle deposits		708		773
Other		322		343
	$	3,380	$	4,305

63

8. Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable

Debt, capital leases and notes payable are summarized as follows at December 31:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Senior revolving credit facility	$	3,145		$	7,077
Comvest Term Loans, net of discount		19,496			14,145
Notes payable and capital leases		29			44
		22,670			21,266
Less current portion		(16	)		(15	)
Long-term debt, notes payable and capital leases, net of current portion	$	22,654		$	21,251

Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into a senior revolving credit facility in November 2010 that was amended in April 2011, September 2011, November 2011 and March 2012 (“Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility”).  The Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility matured on April 30, 2012 and was repaid in full in connection with the closing of the Senior Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and the Term Loan (as defined below).  We amortized the remaining amount of deferred loan costs related to the Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility at maturity.  Interest expense related to deferred loan costs amortization for the Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility totaled $1,246 for the year ended December 31, 2012.  

Senior Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Facility on April 30, 2012, as amended on February 21, 2013, that replaced our prior senior credit facility.  The Senior Revolving Credit Facility provides for total borrowing availability of up to $20,000, subject to borrowing base requirements related to our eligible accounts receivable and inventory and subject to a $2,000 reserve requirement. The Senior Revolving Credit Facility has a three and one-half year term and is secured either on a first priority or second priority basis by substantially all of our assets. The term of the Senior Revolving Credit Facility may be extended up to April 30, 2017 so long as the maturity of the Comvest Term Loans (as defined below) is extended to at least October 30, 2017. At December 31, 2013, we had $3,145 in outstanding borrowings at a weighted-average interest rate of 6.0%, with $511 in additional availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility after giving effect to the borrowing base requirements.

Interest on outstanding borrowings under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility is payable at our option at either a floating base rate or a one-, two- or three-month LIBOR rate. We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the unused amount of the commitment under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  The Senior Revolving Credit Facility contains a limit on capital expenditures of $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for each year thereafter.  The limit for capital expenditures may be increased based upon meeting the fixed charge coverage ratio, as stipulated and defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the limit was increased based upon our fixed charge coverage ratio.  In addition, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility does cross default to the Term Loan.  Life-to-date costs associated with the Senior Revolving Credit Facility were $883, which were capitalized and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the term of the debt.  At December 31, 2013, accumulated amortization related to Senior Revolving Credit Facility deferred loan costs was $418.

Comvest Term Loans

We entered into a credit and security agreement on April 30, 2012 (the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which a $15,150 term loan (the “Term Loan”) was provided.  The Credit Agreement was amended on November 6, 2012 (the “First Amendment”) to contemplate the plan to exit the Flavorstation business (see Note 4) and provide for the classification of the operating results related to the Disposal Group as discontinued operations.  In connection with the amendment, the lender consented to our sale of inventory and other assets related to the Disposal Group outside the ordinary course of business.  Also in connection with the First Amendment, we paid the lender a $150 fee and agreed to certain changes to prepayment penalties and financial covenants.

64

The Credit Agreement was amended on June 14, 2013 (the “Second Amendment”) to provide for an additional $3,000 in borrowing under an additional term loan (the “First Add-On Term Loan”, and together with the Term Loan, the “Second Add-On Term Loan” and the “Third Add-On Term Loan” described below, the “Comvest Term Loans”), adjust the interest rate on the Term Loan, eliminate certain financial covenants and make further adjustments to prepayment penalties.  Under the terms of the Second Amendment, interest on outstanding amounts owed under the Comvest Term Loans is payable at the rate of 12.5% per annum in cash.  Also in connection with the Second Amendment, we paid the lender amendment and funding fees of $425.

On December 24, 2013, we entered into an amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement to provide for two additional term loans: the $2,500 “Second Add-On Term Loan” provided on the date of the Third Amendment; and the $2,500 “Third Add-On Term Loan” provided in January 2014.  The interest and other terms of the Second and Third Add-On Term Loans are consistent with those described above for the First Add-On Term Loan.  The Third Amendment also revised the Credit Agreement to make certain adjustments to the definition of EBITDA to contemplate the strategic alliance with DS Waters and the increasing minimum EBITDA thresholds applicable to Primo that are measured at the end of each quarter, as described below.  Also in connection with the Third Amendment, we paid the lender amendment and funding fees of $263.

The outstanding balance of the Comvest Term Loans is due and payable in a single installment on April 30, 2016, subject to prepayment in specified circumstances, including sales or dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business and sales of equity or debt securities by the Company. The Comvest Term Loans are secured by substantially all of our assets on either a first priority or second priority basis. The first priority assets consist of substantially all of the assets related to our refill services business. The security interest in all of our other assets is subordinate to the security interest securing the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2013, our outstanding balance under our Comvest Term Loans was $20,999.

The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants: (i) a limit on capital expenditures of $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for each year thereafter; (ii) an increasing minimum adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”)  threshold that is measured at the end of each quarter, and (iii) a decreasing total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio that is measured at the end of each quarter, and.

At December 31, 2013 we were in compliance with all covenants, including the following:  the minimum Adjusted EBITDA threshold was $8,800 and our Adjusted EBITDA was $9,067 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013; and the maximum allowed total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio was 3.7:1 and our ratio was 2.7:1 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

Life-to-date costs associated with the Term Loan were $1,124, which were capitalized and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the term of the debt.  Life-to-date costs associated with the Second and Third Amendments were $761, which were reflected as a discount on our debt and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.  

Concurrently with the closing of the Term Loan, five of our current directors or stockholders (the “Insider Participants”) purchased an aggregate of $1,150 in non-recourse, non-voting, last-out participation interests from the bank providing the Term Loan. These participation interests allow each holder to participate to the extent of such holder’s percentage share in the Term Loan and such participations are secured by the same assets as the Term Loan. The Insider Participants include Billy D. Prim, Malcolm McQuilkin and Jack C. Kilgore, all three of whom are current directors of Primo. Mr. Prim is also our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Prim, Mr. McQuilkin and Mr. Kilgore purchased $250, $500 and $50 in participation interests, respectively.

The Term Loan was accompanied by a detachable warrant to purchase 1,731 shares of our common stock, including detachable warrants to purchase 131 shares of our common stock received by the Insider Participants. The warrant is immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.30 per share and expires April 30, 2020.  The terms of the warrants issued to the Insider Participants are identical to the terms of the warrant described above. Mr. Prim, Mr. McQuilkin and Mr. Kilgore were issued warrants to purchase 29, 57 and 6 shares of our common stock, respectively.  The initial fair value of the warrants as determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model was $1,108 that resulted in an original issue discount on the Term Loan that will be amortized into interest expense through the maturity of the Term Loan.   For the non-Insider Participants, the exercise price was adjusted to $1.20 as part of the amendment on November 6, 2012.   Due to the price adjustment, $305 was added to the original issue discount on the Term Loan, representing the change in the estimated fair value immediately before and after the modification, and will be amortized into interest expense through the remaining maturity of the Term Loan.  The revised warrant exercise price was set at 150% of the 30 day trailing average stock price.  No changes were made to the warrants we issued to the five directors and stockholders of Primo.

We periodically enter into notes for purchases of delivery vehicles for field operations and had three such notes outstanding at December 31, 2013.

65

The aggregate future maturities of debt, capital leases and notes payable as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

2014	$	16
2015		3,156
2016		21,001
2017		–
	$	24,173
Less:  amounts representing interest		(1	)
	$	24,172

Accounts payable included $5,050 and $5,310 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of amounts owed to a supplier with extended payment terms allowing us to pay in 120 days.  $1,728 and $2,338 of these amounts were aged greater than 60 days at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Interest expense includes financing costs of $669 for the year ended December 31, 2013 related to amounts owed to this supplier.

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock Warrants

As described in Note 8, the Term Loan was accompanied by a detachable warrant to purchase 1,731 shares of our common stock.  The initial fair value of the warrants as determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model of $1,108 was recorded as an increase to original issue discount on the Term Loan and to Common stock warrants.

For the non-Insider Participants, the exercise price was adjusted to $1.20 as part of the amendment on November 6, 2012.   The original issue discount on the Term Loan and Common stock warrants were increased by $305, representing the change in the estimated fair value immediately before and after the modification.  The revised warrant exercise price was set at 150% of the 30-day trailing average stock price.  No changes were made to the warrants we issued to the five directors and stockholders of Primo.

A summary of common stock warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is presented below:

	Warrants		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2011		871	$	12.23
Granted		1,731	$	1.28
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2012		2,602	$	4.95		6.34
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2013		2,602	$	4.95		5.34

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Overview

In 2004, our Board of Directors adopted the Primo Water Corporation 2004 Stock Plan (the “2004 Plan”) for employees, including officers, non-employee directors and non-employee consultants. The Plan provides for the issue of incentive or nonqualified stock options and restricted common stock. We have reserved 431 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. We do not intend to issue any additional awards under the 2004 Plan; however, all outstanding awards will remain in effect and will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

In April 2010, our stockholders adopted the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The 2010 Plan is limited to employees, officers, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, cash- or stock-based performance awards and other stock-based awards. We have reserved 2,219 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan.  To date all equity awards under the 2010 Plan have consisted of nonqualified stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units.

66

We recorded non-cash expense related to our stock-based compensation plans of $1,034 and $1,252 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, all of which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses from continuing operations.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 799 shares available for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans.

Stock Options

For purposes of determining compensation expense for stock option awards, the fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model for options granted during 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

	2013	2012
Expected life of options in years	6.3	5.5 - 6.3
Risk-free interest rate	1.1% - 2.0%	0.8% - 1.0%
Expected volatility	47.0%	46.0% - 48.0%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%

The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the expected life at the time of grant.  As a result of our limited trading history beginning on November 5, 2010, our expected volatility is based on the average long-term historical volatilities of peer companies. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine expected volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.  Also, due to our limited trading history, we are using the “simplified method” to calculate expected holding periods, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. We will continue to use this method until we have sufficient historical exercise experience to give us confidence that our calculations based on such experience will be reliable.  The dividend yield assumption is based on our current intent not to issue dividends.

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013, is presented as follows:

	Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,350		$	3.93
Granted		250		$	2.07
Exercised		(53	)	$	1.26
Forfeited		(160	)	$	4.27
Options outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,387		$	3.66		8.0	$	1,355
Options vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2013		1,289		$	3.79		7.9	$	1,248
Options exercisable, December 31, 2013		595		$	5.89		6.9	$	492

The weighted-average fair value per share of the options granted during 2013 and 2012 was $1.02 and $0.52, respectively.  The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during 2013 and 2012 was $44 and $0, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $440 of unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to outstanding stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years.  Cash received from option exercises for 2013 and 2012 was $66 and $0, respectively.

67

Restricted Stock

A summary of restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Price Per Share
Unvested at December 31, 2012		173		$	5.49
Granted		80		$	1.44
Vested		(189	)	$	4.09
Forfeited		(1	)	$	12.45
Unvested at December 31, 2013		63		$	4.36

The fair value of restricted stock awards is estimated based on the closing price of our stock on the date of grant, and, for the purposes of expense recognition, the total new number of shares expected to vest is adjusted for estimated forfeitures.  As of December 31, 2013, there was $91 of unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested restricted stock which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In April 2010, our stockholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) which was effective upon the consummation of our IPO.  The ESPP provides for the purchase of common stock and is generally available to all employees.  Shares are purchased at six-month intervals at 85% of the lower of the fair market value on the first day of the offering or the last day of each six-month purchase period.  Employees may purchase shares having a fair value not exceeding 15% of their annual compensation, or $25, whichever is less.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, employees purchased 65 shares at an average price of $1.01 per share.  At December 31, 2013, there were 147 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

Value Creation Plan

On May 7, 2012, we established a Value Creation Plan, which was amended on May 14, 2013, which provides the opportunity for awards comprised of cash and/or equity for eligible employees as determined by the Compensation Committee. Award issuance under the Plan would be based on our achieving targets of at least $15,000, $20,000 and $25,000 in Adjusted EBITDA for any fiscal year between 2014 and 2018.  No awards were issued under the Plan during 2013 or 2012.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease office space and vehicles under various lease arrangements.  Total rental expense from continuing operations was $1,209 and $1,456 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

2014	$	412
2015		142
2016		53
2017		37
2018		37
Thereafter		81
Total	$	762

68

Class Action Suit

On August 14, 2013, the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the securities class action lawsuit brought against Primo, certain members of our board of directors, certain members of management, and certain shareholders and company advisors.  The plaintiffs’ complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and asserted such claims on behalf of a class of persons who acquired our common stock in or traceable to our initial public offering and secondary offering as well as purchasers of common stock between November 4, 2010 and August 10, 2011.  The Court dismissed all claims asserted in the case with prejudice, and entered judgment in favor of all defendants.  No appeal was taken by the plaintiffs, and the judgment became final as of September 13, 2013.

Electrotemp

On October 14, 2011, Primo, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, filed a complaint against Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc. ("Electrotemp") in Mecklenburg County (North Carolina) Superior Court, alleging breach of contract, quantum meruit/unjust enrichment, and violation of the North Carolina Products Liability Act/breach of implied warranty.  The parties filed a Joint Motion to stay litigation so that they could proceed with mediation and arbitration pursuant to the dispute resolution clause in their agreement.  On May 1, 2012, the Court ordered that the litigation would be stayed once the parties formally enter into arbitration.  Electrotemp asserted counterclaims in the arbitration.  On September 26, 2013, the parties reached a settlement that resulted in termination of the arbitration and dismissal of the lawsuit.  The lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice on October 3, 2013. We do not believe that the terms of the settlement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

Florida Concentrates Suit

On October 16, 2012, Primo was served with the Summons and Complaint in a suit filed in the Florida state courts on September 26, 2012.  Plaintiffs in the suit are Florida Concentrates International, LLC (a Florida limited liability company), Florida Sparkling DS, LLC (a Florida limited liability company), and Didier Hardy (a Florida resident and apparently the principal of the LLC plaintiffs).  Also named as defendants are Susan and Scott Ballantyne (alleged to be Florida residents) and SDS-IC.  The suit was filed in the Circuit Court for the Twentieth Judicial District (Collier County, Florida).  Plaintiffs' allegations include breach of contract, misappropriation of trade secrets and certain additional claims and plaintiffs seek monetary damages.  We filed a motion to dismiss all claims, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 21, 2013.  Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on July 10, 2013 to which we responded on August 28, 2013.We do not believe that the suit has any merit whatsoever, and plan to vigorously contest and defend against it.

Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business

Deferred purchase price payments totaling $2,000 were included within liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion and current liabilities of disposal group held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These payments were related to the April 11, 2011 acquisition of certain intellectual property and other assets from the seller, Omnifrio Beverage Company LLC (“Omnifrio”).  On July 19, 2013, we entered into a conditional settlement and release agreement with Omnifrio and certain other parties pursuant to which we agreed to, among other things, use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the assets purchased from Omnifrio in April 2011 and to provide Omnifrio certain amounts of the proceeds of any such sale in exchange for Omnifrio agreeing to release us from any claims related to the milestone payments included in our original purchase agreement with Omnifrio and, upon the sale of such assets, to release us from any claims related to the deferred purchase price payments included in such agreement.

Sales Tax

We routinely purchase equipment for use in operations from various vendors.  These purchases are subject to sales tax depending on the equipment type and local sales tax regulations; however, we believe certain vendors have not assessed the appropriate sales tax.  For purchases that are subject to sales tax in which we believe the vendor did not assess the appropriate amount, we accrue an estimate of the sales tax liability we ultimately expect to pay.

69

Other Contingencies

From time to time, we are involved in various claims and legal actions that arise in the normal course of business. Management believes that the outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate and effective tax rates is as follows:

	2013			2012
Federal statutory taxes		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.8	%		4.0	%
Foreign taxes less than the domestic rate		(0.4	%)		(1.2	%)
Permanent differences		(0.2	%)		0.0	%
Change in valuation allowance		(27.6	%)		(34.8	%)
Changes in rates		(9.1	%)		0.0	%
Other		(0.5	%)		(1.0	%)
		0.0	%		1.0	%

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities. The following deferred income taxes are recorded:

	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Federal net operating loss carryforward	$	40,308		$	34,868
State loss carryforward		3,943			3,860
Goodwill		24,528			27,961
Other intangible assets		3,651			3,844
Allowance for bad debts		533			637
Stock-based compensation		1,473			1,214
Accrued expenses		62			140
Inventory		75			93
Fixed assets		662			77
Other		1,076			941
Total gross deferred tax assets		76,311			73,635
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets					-
Goodwill					-
Total gross deferred tax liabilities					-
Valuation allowance		(76,311	)		(73,635	)
Total net deferred liability	$	-		$	-

70

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, available taxes in the carryback periods, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Accordingly, we have provided valuation allowances to fully offset the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The $2,676 and $39,044 net increase in the valuation allowance for 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily reflects the net increase in the federal and state loss carryfoward deferred tax assets.

We have approximately $118,552 in U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards that expire between 2025 through 2033, approximately $7,926 in Canadian federal and provincial net operating loss carryforwards that expire between 2030 through 2033 and approximately $99,569 in state loss carryforwards that expire between 2013 through 2034.  Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that might be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant changes in stock ownership.  We believe that an annual limit will be imposed by Section 382, however, should taxable income be generated in future years, we expect to be able to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards during their respective carryforward periods.

We have no unrecognized tax benefits and there are no uncertain tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within the next 12 months.

13. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value rules currently apply to all financial assets and liabilities and for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are required to be recognized or disclosed at fair value. For this purpose, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

• Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

• Level 2 — observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

• Level 3 — unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

During 2012, the Omnifrio milestone payments were required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis.  The Omnifrio milestone payments were measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).  As described more fully in Note 4, the milestone payments were estimated to have a fair value of $0 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and are part of the Disposal Group and classified as discontinued operations.

The following tables present our activity for the Omnifrio which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Fair value measurements using signficant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Description	Omnifrio Milestone payments
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	2,559
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations		(2,559	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	–
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations	$	–
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	–

71

As of December 31, 2013, the barter credits (see Note 4) reported in prepaid and other current assets and in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets were measured at their estimated fair values of $10 and $187, respectively, on a nonrecurring basis.  The barter credits are measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs, primarily based on the fair value of the products and services to be received upon exchange (Level 3 inputs).

The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.  Assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group held for sale are presented at their carrying value, which approximates fair value based on current market rates.  Based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of debt, capital leases and notes payable approximates fair value. For goodwill impairment testing we rely in part on a discounted cash flow approach, using Level 3 inputs. This approach requires significant estimates and judgmental factors, including revenue growth rates, terminal values, and weighted average cost of capital, which are used to discount future cash flows.

14. Segments

We have two operating segments and two reportable segments: Primo Water (“Water”) and Primo Dispensers (“Dispensers”).

Our Water segment sales consist of the sale of multi-gallon purified bottled water (exchange services) and our self-service refill water service (refill services) offered through retailers in each of the contiguous United States and Canada. Our Water services are offered through point of purchase display racks or self-serve filtered water displays and recycling centers that are prominently located at major retailers in space that is often underutilized.

Our Dispensers segment sells water dispensers that are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our Dispensers sales are primarily generated through major U.S. retailers and are sold primarily through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenues for the sale of the water dispensers when title is transferred. We support retail sell-through with domestic inventory. We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection of our water dispensers.

We evaluate the financial results of these segments focusing primarily on segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations before depreciation and amortization (“segment income (loss) from operations”). We utilize segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations because we believe they provide useful information for effectively allocating our resources between business segments, evaluating the health of our business segments based on metrics that management can actively influence and gauging our investments and our ability to service, incur or pay down debt.

Cost of sales for Water consists of costs for distribution, bottles and related packaging materials for our exchange services and servicing and material costs for our refill services. Cost of sales for Dispensers consists of contract manufacturing, freight and duties.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for Water and Dispensers consist primarily of personnel costs for sales, marketing, operations support and customer service, as well as other supporting costs for operating each segment.

Expenses not specifically related to operating segments are shown separately as Corporate. Corporate expenses are comprised mainly of compensation and other related expenses for corporate support, information systems, and human resources and administration. Corporate expenses also include certain professional fees and expenses and compensation of our Board of Directors.

72

The following table presents segment information for each of the last two years:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Segment net sales
Water	$	63,828		$	62,667
Dispensers		27,381			28,812
	$	91,209		$	91,479
Segment income (loss) from operations
Water	$	17,591		$	16,477
Dispensers		827			(1,319	)
Corporate		(10,727	)		(11,468	)
Non-recurring costs		(777	)		(743	)
Depreciation and amortization		(11,333	)		(11,102	)
Goodwill and other impairments		–			(82,013	)
	$	(4,419	)	$	(90,168	)
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Water	$	10,057		$	9,777
Dispensers		575			633
Corporate		701			692
	$	11,333		$	11,102
Capital expenditures:
Water	$	6,964		$	4,315
Dispensers		62			910
Corporate		274			104
	$	7,300		$	5,329

	At December 31,
Identifiable assets:	2013		2012
Water	$	58,057	$	65,483
Dispensers		9,757		9,490
Corporate		2,932		3,761
Assets of disposal group held for sale		225		3,041
	$	70,971	$	81,775

15. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Cash paid for interest	$	3,278	$	1,841
Noncash investing activities:
Accrued capital expenditures	$	1,313	$	1,090

16. Employee Retirement Savings Plan

We sponsor a defined contribution plan that covers substantially all full-time employees who are at least 21 years of age and who have completed at least two months of service.  Plan participants may make before tax elective contributions up to the maximum percentage of compensation and dollar amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code.  Plan participants are 100% vested in their elective contributions at all times and are vested 25% per year of service for four years in our discretionary contributions.  A year of service for vesting purposes is 1,000 hours of service in a Plan year.  In 2010, our Board of Directors established a company match of up to 50% of the employee contributions up to 6% of their salaries, with 50% of the matching amount being contingent upon our achievement of certain specified objectives to be determined by our Board of Directors.  Contribution expense for the plan was $47 and $47 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

73

17. Subsequent Events

Third Add-On Term Loan

As described in Note 8, in January 2014 we received the proceeds from the $2,500 Third Add-On Term Loan.  At January 31, 2014, our outstanding balance under our Comvest Term Loans was $23,499.

DS Waters’ Common Stock Warrant

As part of the DS Agreement, on January 1, 2014, we granted DS Waters a warrant to purchase 475 shares of our common stock.  The warrant is immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $3.04 per share and expires January 1, 2021.  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the chief executive officer (“CEO”), and chief financial officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purpose of providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. See page 48 for “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”  

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

74

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

For information with respect to the executive officers of Primo, see the “Executive Officers” and “Executive Compensation” sections of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference.  For information with respect to the Directors of Primo, see the “Proposal 1: Election of Directors” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.  For information with respect to Section 16 reports, see the “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.  For information with respect to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, see the “Corporate Governance — Board Committees” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act.  This code applies to all of the directors, officers and employees of Primo and its subsidiaries.  A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our corporate website (www.primowater.com).  We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

For information with respect to executive and director compensation, see the “Executive Compensation”, “Additional Information About Directors and Executive Officers”, “Director Compensation” and “Corporate Governance” sections of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

For information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, see the “Principal Stockholders” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference. For information with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, see the “Equity Compensation Plan Information” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

For information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions, see the “Related Persons Transactions” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference. For certain information with respect to director independence, see the disclosures in the “Corporate Governance” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

For information with respect to principal accountant fees and services, see “Proposal 2: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

75

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a)	Financial Information
	(1)	Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
	(2)	Financial Statement Schedule:  Information required by this item is included within the consolidated financial statements
	(3)	Exhibits
		See (b) below.

b)	Exhibits
	See Exhibit Index on page 78.

76

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-173554) filed on May 31, 2011)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Primo Water Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed November 16, 2010)
4.1	Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock of Primo Water Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed August 11, 2010)
4.2	Form of Indenture relating to the issuance from time to time in one or more series of debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-178820) filed on December 21, 2011)
10.1	Form of Subordinated Convertible Debt – Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of December 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)
10.2	2004 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)*
10.3	2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 Omnibus Plan”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)*
10.4	Form of Option Agreement under 2010 Omnibus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)*
10.5	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2010 Omnibus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)*
10.6	2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)*
10.7	Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 12, 2011)*
10.8	Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed April 26, 2010)*
10.9	Form of Amended and Restated Series B Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed October 6, 2010)
10.10	Form of Amended and Restated Series C Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165452) filed October 6, 2010)
10.11	Registration Rights Agreement dated November 10, 2010 between the Company and Culligan International Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed November 16, 2010)

77

10.12	Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2011 by and among the Company, Omnifrio Beverage Company, LLC and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 9, 2011)
10.13	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2010 Omnibus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 30, 2011)*
10.14	Registration Rights Agreement dated April 11, 2011 between the Company and Omnifrio Beverage Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’sForm 8-K filed April 12, 2011)
10.15	Loan and Security Agreement dated April 30, 2012 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, the lenders party thereto and TD Bank, N.A., as arranger and syndication agent and bookrunner for the lenders thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 2, 2012)
10.16	Credit and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 2, 2012)
10.17	Term Note dated as of April 30, 2012 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 2, 2012)
10.18	Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated as of April 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 2, 2012)
10.19	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 by and among the Company and certain holders of warrants issued by the Company on April 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 2, 2012)
10.20	Amended and Restated 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 17, 2012) *
10.21	Amendment No. 1 to 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 17, 2012) *
10.22	First Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement dated as of November 6, 2012 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2012)
10.23	First Amendment to Warrant dated as of November 6, 2012 by and between the Company and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2012)
10.24	Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of February 21, 2013 between the Company and TD Bank, N.A., as agent for the lenders thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2013)
10.25	Primo Water Corporation Value Creation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013)*
10.26	Primo Water Corporation 2013 Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2013)*
10.27	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of June 10, 2013 between the Company and Billy D. Prim (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013)*
10.28	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of June 10, 2013 between the Company and Mark Castaneda (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013)*
10.29	Employment Agreement dated as of June 10, 2013 between the Company and Matthew T Sheehan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013)*

78

10.30	Second Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement dated as of June 14, 2013 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 19, 2013)
10.31	Add-On Term Note dated as of June 14, 2013 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 19, 2013)
10.32	Amended and Restated Closing Date Term Note dated as of June 14, 2013 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 19, 2013)
10.33†	Strategic Alliance Agreement dated as of November 12, 2013 by and between the Company and DS Waters of America, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2013)
10.34	Warrant dated as of January 1, 2014 by and between the Company and DS Waters of America, Inc. (filed herewith)
10.35	Third Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement dated as of December 24, 2013 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed December 30, 2013)
10.36	Add-On Term Note dated as of December 24, 2013 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed December 30, 2013)
10.37	Add-On Term Note dated as of January 13, 2014 by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and Comvest Capital II, L.P. (filed herewith)
10.38	Primo Water Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (filed herewith)
21.1	List of subsidiaries of Primo Water Corporation (filed herewith)
23.1	Consent of McGladrey LLP (filed herewith)
31.1	Certification of Periodic Report by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14a and pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
31.2	Certification of Periodic Report by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14a and pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
32.1	Certification of Periodic Report by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**           Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

† Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, which have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

79

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
Dated:  March 17, 2014	By:	/s/ Billy D. Prim
		Billy D. Prim
		Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Capacity	Date
/s/ Billy D. Prim	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	March 17, 2014
Billy D. Prim	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Mark Castaneda	Chief Financial Officer (Principal	March 17, 2014
Mark Castaneda	Financial Officer)
/s/ David J. Mills	Vice President of Finance (Principal Accounting Officer)	March 17, 2014
David J. Mills
/s/ Richard A. Brenner	Director	March 17, 2014
Richard A. Brenner
/s/ Jack C. Kilgore	Director	March 17, 2014
Jack C. Kilgore
/s/ Malcolm McQuilkin	Director	March 17, 2014
Malcolm McQuilkin
/s/ David L. Warnock	Director	March 17, 2014
David L. Warnock
/s/ Susan E. Cates	Director	March 17, 2014
Susan E. Cates

80

EX-10.34

EXECUTION VERSION

EXHIBIT 10.34

THIS WARRANT IS INITIALLY BEING ISSUED TO DS WATERS OF AMERICA, INC. (THE “INITIAL HOLDER”) AND NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE INITIAL HOLDER OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY IN EACH SUCH INSTANCE (WHICH CONSENT MAY NOT BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD, CONDITIONED OR DELAYED).  WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.  THEY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, ALL AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION TO SUCH EFFECT, WHICH OPINION AND COUNSEL SHALL BE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY.

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

WARRANT

January 1, 2014 Warrant Number DSW-1

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that DS Waters of America, Inc. and its permitted transferees, successors and assigns (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase from Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the Exercise Price (as defined below), Four Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand (475,000) shares (the “Aggregate Number”) of Common Stock (as defined below).  The Exercise Price and Aggregate Number are subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.  This Warrant is being issued to Holder in connection with, pursuant to, and as further consideration for, that certain Strategic Alliance Agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Holder on November 12, 2013.

Section 1.                      Definitions

“Aggregate Exercise Price” is defined in Section 2(a).

“Aggregate Number” is defined in the opening paragraph.

 “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

“Capital Transaction” means any merger, consolidation, share exchange, recapitalization, reorganization, business combination, sale of securities (the result of which is that the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such sale transaction are (after giving effect to such sale transaction) no longer, in the aggregate, the beneficial owners (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company), or other similar event, involving the Common Stock of the Company.

“Charter” means the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended or supplemented.

“Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value or any other capital stock into which the foregoing is reclassified or reconstituted.

“Company” is defined in the opening paragraph.

“Convertible Securities” means evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities that, directly or indirectly, are exchangeable for or exercisable or convertible into Common Stock.

“Election to Purchase” is defined in Section 2(a).

“Exercise Amount” is defined in Section 2(a).

“Exercise Price” means the price per share of Common Stock at which shares of Common Stock are purchasable pursuant to this Warrant which shall initially be $3.04 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.

“Expiration Date” means the seventh (7th) anniversary of the date hereof.

“Holder” is defined in the opening paragraph.

“Other Securities” shall mean any stock and other securities of the Company or any other Person which Holder at any time shall be entitled to receive, upon the exercise of this Warrant or pursuant to Section 3, in lieu of or in addition to Common Stock.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, company, sole proprietorship, joint venture, trust, estate, association, organization, labor union or other entity.

“Stock Combination” is defined in Section 3(a)(ii).

“Stock Dividend” is defined in Section 3(a)(i).

“Stock Subdivision” is defined in Section 3(a)(i).

“Warrant” means this warrant.

2

“Warrant Shares” means (a) the shares of Common Stock or Other Securities issued or issuable hereunder and, (b) all other shares of the Company’s capital stock issued with respect to such shares by way of stock dividend, stock split or other reclassification or in connection with any Capital Transaction, or acquired by way of any rights offering or similar offering made in respect of the capital stock referred to in this clause (b) or the foregoing clause (a).

Section 2.          Exercise.

(a)         Right to Exercise; Exercise Amount.  At any time on or before the Expiration Date, Holder may exercise this Warrant in whole or in part at any time and from time to time by delivering this Warrant to the Company, together with a duly executed Election to Purchase in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Election to Purchase”), and payment of the Exercise Price for each share to be purchased.  If the Expiration Date is not a Business Day, then this Warrant may be exercised on or before the next succeeding Business Day.  The aggregate Exercise Price (the “Aggregate Exercise Price”) to be paid for the shares to be purchased (the “Exercise Amount”) shall equal the product of (i) the Exercise Amount multiplied by (ii) the Exercise Price.

(b)         Payment of Aggregate Exercise Price.  Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made to the Company in cash.

(c)         Cashless Exercise. Anything elsewhere contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in lieu of payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price, Holder may exercise this Warrant in whole or in part at any time and from time to time by presentation and surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with a Cashless Exercise Form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (or a reasonable facsimile thereof) duly executed (a “Cashless Exercise”). Such presentation and surrender shall be deemed a waiver of Holder’s obligation to pay all or any portion of the Aggregate Exercise Price, as the case may be, in cash. In the event of a Cashless Exercise, Holder shall exchange this Warrant for the number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is being exercised by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the difference between (A) the then current market price per share of Common Stock, and (B) the Exercise Price, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the then current market price per share of Common Stock. As used herein, the term “market price” on any relevant date means (x) if the Common Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market, or the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price) of the Common Stock (regular way), (y) if the Common Stock is not so listed but quotations for the Common Stock are reported on the OTC Bulletin Board, the most recent closing price as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board, or (z) otherwise, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of the Company and reasonably agreed to by Holder, without discount for illiquidity or minority interest.

(d)         Issuance of Shares of Common Stock.  Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant accompanied by an Election to Purchase and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price or a Cashless Exercise Form, Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, notwithstanding that certificates representing such shares of Common Stock may not then be actually delivered.  Upon such surrender of this Warrant and, if applicable, payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price, the Company shall issue and deliver as soon as practicable (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) to, or upon the written order of, Holder (and in such name or names as Holder may designate) a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Amount.

3

(e)         Fractional Shares.  The Company shall deliver whole shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant (rounded down to the nearest whole number).

(f)          Partial Exercise.  Following any partial exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall issue to Holder a Warrant in like form for the unexercised portion thereof.

Section 3.          Adjustments to Exercise Price and Aggregate Number.  The Exercise Price and the Aggregate Number shall be adjusted as provided in this Section 3.  Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, the Aggregate Number shall be adjusted by multiplying the Aggregate Number then in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately following such adjustment.

(a)          Stock Dividends, Subdivisions and Combinations.  If at any time:

(i)        the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock (a “Stock Dividend”) or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock (a “Stock Subdivision”), then, following the record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such Stock Dividend, or to be affected by such Stock Subdivision, the Exercise Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the Aggregate Number shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.

(ii)       the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock (a “Stock Combination”), then, following the record date to determine shares affected by such Stock Combination, the Exercise Price shall be appropriately increased so that the Aggregate Number shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(b)         Adjustment Upon Capital Transaction.  If, at any time, there shall occur any Capital Transaction, then Holder thereafter shall have the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise, such stock, securities, cash or other assets which Holder would have been entitled to assuming full exercise of this Warrant immediately prior thereto, at an Exercise Price economically equivalent to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a Capital Transaction in which consideration is paid or distributed to the Company’s stockholders and such consideration does not consist entirely of shares of common stock of the acquiring or resulting corporation, the Company may in its sole discretion cancel this Warrant upon consummation of the Capital Transaction so long as the Holder is paid cash in respect of each share of Common Stock subject to this Warrant in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the per share price paid or distributed to stockholders in the transaction (with the value of any non-cash consideration to be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of the Company and reasonably agreed to by Holder) over (ii) the Exercise Price.  For avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to the preceding sentence is zero or less, this Warrant may be cancelled without any payment therefore.

4

(c)         Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the number or type of securities issuable hereunder is adjusted, the Company shall promptly deliver to Holder a certificate of adjustment, setting forth the number and type of securities after adjustment, a brief statement of the facts requiring the adjustment and the computation by which the adjustment was made.

(d)         Successive Adjustments. The provisions of this Section 3 shall be applicable successively to each event described herein which may occur subsequent to the issuance of this Warrant.

(e)         No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its incorporation documents or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder.

Section 4.          Notices of Corporate Action. If at any time prior to the Expiration Date of the Warrant and prior to its exercise in full, any one or more of the following events shall occur:

(a)         any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution which would entitle Holder to receive any portion thereof pursuant to the terms of this Warrant or upon exercise of this Warrant;

(b)         any Capital Transaction or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other Person; or

(c)         any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then the Company will mail to Holder a notice specifying (i) the date or expected date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, (ii) the date or expected date on which any such Capital Transaction, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and (iii) the time, if any such time is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock (or other securities) for the cash, equity or other property deliverable upon such event and a description in reasonable detail of the transaction. Such notice shall be mailed at least twenty (20) days prior to the date therein specified (or such lesser period of time (but in no event less than three (3) Business Days) as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances).

Section 5.          Reservation of Shares; Validly Issued Shares. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized shares solely for the purpose of issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant as herein provided, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock, or Other Securities deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant, as shall be sufficient to enable the Company at any time to fulfill all of its obligations hereunder.  The Company covenants and agrees that the shares of Common Stock or Other Securities which shall be so issuable will, upon issuance, be duly authorized and issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue or delivery thereof and otherwise free of all other security interests, encumbrances and claims of any nature whatsoever other than those created by Holder.

5

Section 6.          Transfers of the Warrant; Replacement of Warrant

(a)         Register.  The Company shall initially record this Warrant on a register to be maintained by the Company with its other stock books and, subject to Section 6(b) and (c), thereafter shall transfer this Warrant on such register when this Warrant is:  (i) surrendered for transfer in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) properly endorsed and accompanied by appropriate instructions.  Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant or Warrants shall be issued to the transferee and Holder (in the event that this Warrant is only partially transferred) and the surrendered Warrant shall be canceled.

(b)         Transfers.  This Warrant is initially being issued to the Initial Holder and neither this Warrant nor any interest herein may be offered, sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred by the Initial Holder or any subsequent Holder without the prior written consent of the Company in each such instance (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  Any such offer, sale, pledge, hypothecation or transfer shall also be subject to the securities law restrictions set forth in the legend on the first page of this Warrant.

(c)         Restrictive Legend.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (c), each certificate for Warrant Shares initially issued upon the exercise of this Warrant and each certificate for Warrant Shares issued to any subsequent transferee of any such certificate, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THEY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, ALL AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION TO SUCH EFFECT, WHICH OPINION AND COUNSEL SHALL BE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the legend requirements of this Section 6(c) shall terminate as to any particular Warrant Shares when the Warrant Shares are transferred pursuant to an effective resale registration statement, or the Company shall have received from the Holder thereof an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company that such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.  Whenever the restrictions imposed by this Section 6(c) shall terminate, the Holder or subsequent transferee, as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive from the Company a certificate for the Warrant Shares without the subject restrictive legends.

6

Section 7.          Representations and Warranties of the Company.

(a)         The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Holder as follows: (i) the Company has full authority and power to enter into this Warrant and perform its obligations hereunder, including the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise hereof; (ii) this Warrant constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Warrant, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Warrant Shares), (X) does not and will not violate in any material respect laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction applicable to the Company or require the Company to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made, and (Y) does not and will not result in a breach of, constitute a default under, accelerate any obligation under or give rise to a right of termination of any material indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, contract, instrument, mortgage, lien, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which the Company is a party or by which the property of the Company is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, pledge, lien security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any of the assets of the properties of the Company.

(b)         The authorized capital of the Company as of the date hereof consists of 70,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share.

Section 8.          Miscellaneous.

(a)         No Voting Rights.  Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall not be entitled to any voting or other rights as a stockholder of the Company as a result of being a holder of the Warrant except as expressly provided herein.

(b)         Replacement Warrant.  If this Warrant is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue and deliver in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant in like form and representing an equivalent right or interest, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant and upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

(c)         Delays, Omissions and Indulgences.  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to Holder upon any breach or default of the Company hereunder shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

7

(d)         Notices.  Any notice pursuant to this Warrant must be in writing and sent by email followed by a “hard copy” via overnight mail to the parties as follows (or to such other address as may be specified by the parties in accordance with this Notice section):

(A) If to the Company:

Primo Water Corporation

104 Cambridge Plaza Drive

Winston-Salem, NC  27104

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email:  bprim@primowater.com

With a copy to:

K&L Gates LLP

4350 Lassiter at North Hills Avenue

Suite 300

Raleigh, North Carolina 27609

Attention:  D. Scott Coward, Esq.

Email:  scott.coward@klgates.com

(B) If to the Holder:

DS Waters of America, Inc.

5660 New Northside Drive, Suite 500

Atlanta, GA  30328

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email:  tharrington@water.com

With a copy to:

DS Waters of America, Inc.

5660 New Northside Drive, Suite 500

Atlanta, GA  30328

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Email:  rowens@water.com

(e)         Successors and Assigns.  Subject to Section 5(b) hereof, this Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and Holder and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

(f)          Amendments and Waivers.  No amendment of any provision of this Warrant will be valid unless the amendment is in writing and signed by Holder and the Company.  No waiver of any provision of this Warrant will be valid unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any Person at any time to require performance of any provision of this Warrant will not affect its rights at a later time to enforce such provision.  No waiver by any Person of any breach of this Warrant will be deemed to extend to any other breach hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other such occurrence.

8

(g)         Severability.  Any provision of this Warrant that is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof or the invalid or unenforceable provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. Any provision of this Warrant held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(h)         Governing Law.  This Warrant will be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolinawithout giving effect to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.

(i)           Entire Agreement.  This Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) between the Company and the Holder to the extent related to the subject matter hereof.

[Signature Page To Follow]

9

EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Billy D. Prim
	Name:  Billy D. Prim
	Title:  CEO

EX-10.37

EXHIBIT 10.37

$2,500,000 January 13, 2014

THIRD ADD-ON TERM NOTE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned, Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Primo Products, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, Primo Direct, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, Primo Refill, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, and Primo Ice, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company  (collectively, the “Maker”), hereby, jointly and severally, promises to pay to Comvest Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Comvest”), or its registered assigns (hereinafter, collectively with Comvest, the “Payee”), the sum of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand ($2,500,000) Dollars (the “Principal”), with interest thereon, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Credit and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 by and among the Maker and Comvest (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any other amounts with respect to this Term Note (this “Note”) are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

1.           Payments.

(a) Interest.  This Note shall bear interest (“Interest”) on Principal amounts outstanding from time to time from the date hereof at a per annum interest rate equal to twelve and one-half percent (12.5%).

(b)  Computation and Payment of Interest.  All Interest shall be computed on the daily unpaid Principal balance of this Note based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year.  Accrued Interest hereunder shall be payable monthly in arrears on or before the fifth day of each calendar month commencing on February 5, 2014. All Interest shall be paid in cash.

(c)  Default Rate.  Following the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, (i) the outstanding Principal balance of this Note and all other Obligations shall bear Interest at the applicable rate as set forth in clause (a) above plus five percent (5%) per annum (the “Default Rate”) to be paid in cash.

(d)  Maturity.  The outstanding balance of this Note shall be due and payable in a single installment on or before April 30, 2016, in an amount equal to the entire outstanding Principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid Interest.

2.           Prepayment.

(a) Optional Prepayment of Principal.  Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.2(b) of the Credit Agreement, all or any portion of the unpaid Principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid Interest on the Principal amount being prepaid, may at the Maker's option be prepaid in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, upon five (5) Business Days' prior written notice to the Payee.

(b)      Mandatory Prepayments of Principal.  The Principal balance of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid Interest hereunder, may be required to be prepaid during the existence of any Event of Default.  In addition, all or a portion of the Principal balance of this Note shall be required to be prepaid as and to the extent provided in Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement.  Any prepayment made pursuant to this clause (b) shall be subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.2(b) of the Credit Agreement

(c)      Application of Prepayments.  Any and all prepayments hereunder shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Credit Agreement.

3.           Events of Default.  The existence of an Event of Default shall constitute a default under this Note and shall entitle the Payee to accelerate the entire indebtedness hereunder and take such other action as may be provided for in the Credit Agreement and/or in any and all Other Documents, or as may be provided under the law.

4.           Assignment.  This Note shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto, provided that the Maker may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Payee.

5.           Waiver and Amendment.  No waiver of a right in any instance shall constitute a continuing waiver of successive rights, and any one waiver shall govern only the particular matters waived.  Neither any provision of this Note nor any performance hereunder may be amended or waived except pursuant to an agreement in writing signed by the Maker and the Payee.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Note, the Maker hereby waives, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, diligence, demand, presentment for payment, protest, dishonor, nonpayment, default, notice of any and all of the foregoing, and any other notice or action otherwise required to be given or taken under all applicable laws in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, enforcement or collection of this Note, and expressly agrees that this Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended, modified or subordinated (by forbearance or otherwise) from time to time, without in any way affecting the liability of the Maker.  The Maker further waives, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the benefit of any exemption under the homestead exemption laws, if any, or any other exemption, appraisal or insolvency laws, and consents that the Payee may release or surrender, exchange or substitute any personal property or other collateral security now held or which may hereafter be held as security for the payment of this Note.

6.           GOVERNING LAW.  THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

-2-

7.           CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE MAKER HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ALL COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AS WELL AS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ALL COURTS FROM WHICH AN APPEAL MAY BE TAKEN FROM SUCH COURTS, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE, ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS, CERTIFICATES OR OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH, OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, OR ANY OF THE MAKER'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.  THE MAKER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIMS (OTHER THAN COMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIMS) IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT BY THE PAYEE HEREUNDER OR IN RESPECT OF ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, PROVIDED THAT THIS WAIVER SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE MAKER FROM PURSUING ANY SUCH CLAIMS BY MEANS OF SEPARATE PROCEEDINGS.  THE MAKER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL OBJECTIONS WHICH IT MAY HAVE AS TO VENUE IN ANY OF SUCH COURTS, AND ALSO WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  THE MAKER MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT AS EVIDENCE OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL.

8.           Usury Savings Clause.  Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated into this Note by this reference.

9.           Collection Costs.  In the event that the Payee shall place this Note in the hands of an attorney for collection during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Maker shall further be liable to the Payee for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which may be incurred by the Payee in enforcing this Note, all of which costs and expenses shall be obligations under and part of this Note; and the Payee may take judgment for all such amounts in addition to all other sums due hereunder.

-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has executed this Note on the date first above written.

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Mark Castaneda
Name:	Mark Castaneda
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC
By:	/s/ Mark Castaneda
Name:	Mark Castaneda
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

PRIMO DIRECT, LLC
By:	/s/ Mark Castaneda
Name:	Mark Castaneda
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

PRIMO REFILL, LLC
By:	/s/ Mark Castaneda
Name:	Mark Castaneda
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

PRIMO ICE, LLC
By:	/s/ Mark Castaneda
Name:	Mark Castaneda
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Third Add-On Term Note]

EX-10.38

EXHIBIT 10.38

Primo Water Corporation

Annual Incentive Plan

Purpose of Plan

This Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is established by Primo Water Corporation (the “Company”) under the Company’s 2010 Amended and Restated Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) in order to assist in creating appropriate compensation opportunities for eligible employees of the Company.  The Plan is intended to incent performance and motivate teamwork among employees with a mix of cash and/or equity awards, subject to both performance and service conditions.  The Plan also provides for the  grant performance-based awards that qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) for certain executive officers of the Company.

Definitions

Except as otherwise expressly defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Omnibus Plan.

Plan Year

The period over which performance will be measured is the calendar year (the “Plan Year”).

Participation and Covered Employees

· All full-time employees of the Company hired before the first day of the last calendar quarter of the Plan Year shall be eligible to be selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year.

· Participation in the Plan in one Plan Year does not guarantee participation in a later Plan Year.

· The Committee may make a determination with respect to an employee’s eligibility or ineligibility to participate in the Plan at any time without prior notice; provided, however, that no later than 90 days after the beginning of a Plan Year, the Committee will determine which Company employees are likely to be “covered employees” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)(3), as qualified by Section 12.4 of the Omnibus Plan (“Covered Employees”), for the calendar year in which awards for the Plan Year will be paid.  Awards for Covered Employees are subject to special terms and conditions, as noted in the Plan.

Annual Performance Goals and Award Formulas

· No later than 90 days after the beginning of a Plan Year, the Committee will establish in writing the (1) objective performance criteria, targeted level of performance, and formula for calculating awards applicable for the Plan Year by adopting a new Appendix A to the Plan, and (2) formula for calculating the award for each individual Covered Employee by adopting a new Appendix B to the Plan.

· The performance criteria used to determine awards for Covered Employees shall be established in accordance with Sections 12.2.1 and 12.2.2 of the Omnibus Plan.

· The Committee may adopt more than one performance criteria, performance level, and award formula for a given Plan Year.

· The Committee may change the performance criteria, performance levels, and award formulas for a given Plan Year at any time; provided, however, that, with respect to Covered Employees, any such adjustments may not be made after the first 90 days of the Plan Year if the effect would be to potentially increase the amount of incentive compensation earned under a Covered Employee’s applicable individual award formula.  Further, with respect to Covered Employees, the Committee may specify that any one or more of the following items will be excluded for the purposes of measuring a specified performance goal, so long as such exclusion(s) are specified in advance during the first 90 days of the Plan Year and set forth in writing on Appendix B: the impact of charges for restructuring, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes (each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and as identified in the Company’s financial statements or other SEC filings).

Performance Assessment for the Plan Year

· Awards will be calculated after year-end financial results are known, generally after completion of the audited financial statements.

· Prior to payment of any awards to Covered Employees, the Committee shall certify in writing that the performance criteria and targeted level of performance have been satisfied for the Plan Year.

Amount and Form of Individual Awards

· With respect to employees selected to participate in the Plan other than Covered Employees, individual awards issued under the Plan are based on Company, team and employee specific performance.  The amount and form of a participant’s award, if any, and the performance conditions applicable to the award will be recommended by the CEO and finally determined and approved by Committee in its sole discretion.

· With respect to each Covered Employee, his or her individual award amount will be based solely his or her individual award formula set forth on Appendix B; provided, however, that the Committee in its sole discretion may reduce (but in no case increase) such amount for the Covered Employee based on Company, team and employee specific performance.

· Awards under the Plan may be made in cash, restricted stock/restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and/or options, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee.  Any awards paid in restricted stock/restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and/or options (“equity awards”) will be granted pursuant to the Omnibus Plan, and may be subject to other terms and conditions, as described below.  In this regard, with respect to any Covered Employee, the Committee may determine to deliver the amount of the Covered Employee’s individual award in the form of an equity award, subject to the following provisions:

o If and to the extent the Committee determines to deliver all or a portion of a Covered Employee’s award in the form of restricted stock/restricted stock units, the whole number of such restricted stock shares/units shall be determined by dividing the dollar value of the portion of the award to be delivered in the form of restricted stock shares/units by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading day prior to the award date, and rounding down to the next whole share/unit.

o If and to the extent the Committee determines to deliver all or a portion of a Covered Employee’s award in the form of stock options or stock appreciation rights, such stock options or stock appreciation rights will be granted in a manner such that they qualify as performance based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Calculation of Awards and Other Terms and Conditions:

· All awards are dependent on the Company being in compliance (including via waiver) with all applicable loan agreements, as such may be amended.

· The Committee shall review and approve equity awards at its first meeting following the calculation of the award.

· Equity awards shall be subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and the terms of an award agreement between the Company and the participant.

· Equity awards may be subject to additional conditions or vesting requirements, including continued periods of service beyond the performance period, in the sole discretion of the Committee.

· All equity awards made under this Plan shall be valued for such purpose at the closing price on the trading day prior to the award date.  Options will be valued using a Black-Scholes model, consistent with the Company’s accounting practices.

Separation of Employment:

· A participant who leaves the Company voluntarily, is dismissed for Cause (as defined in the Omnibus Plan), or is otherwise terminated by the Company at any time prior to payment shall forfeit all rights to his/her current-year award.

· With respect to Plan participants other than Covered Employees and notwithstanding the immediately preceding bullet point, a participant who separates employment because of death, Disability, retirement in good standing or Change in Control (“Disability” and “Change in Control” have the same meanings as set forth in the Omnibus Plan) shall remain eligible for consideration for a current-year award, at the sole discretion of the Committee.  Further, in the event of a participant’s termination in connection with a Change in Control or retirement from the Company in good standing prior to the end of a fiscal year, the Committee in its sole discretion may award the participant a full or pro-rata share of his or her current-year award.  In the case of a participant’s death, any payments shall be made to the participant’s estate.  Upon any separation as described above, any and all awards for the current year shall be at the sole discretion of the Committee.

· With respect to Covered Employees, an award may be granted following a separation of employment before the end of the Plan Year, so long as the amount of such award is based on (i) the performance criteria, performance levels, and award formulas for the Plan Year as approved during the first 90 days of the Plan Year and (ii) the Company’s actual performance during the Plan Year against the performance goals, as certified by the Committee; provided, however, that upon a separation of employment due to death, Disability, or a Change in Control of the Company, the amount of any such award may be based on other criteria determined by the Committee, such as the target amount of such award.

· Treatment upon separation of employment of any equity awards granted as a result of participation in the Plan shall be subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and the applicable award agreement.

General Requirements:

· Nothing contained in this Plan shall give any employee the right to be retained in the employment of the Company or effect the right of the Company to relocate, change positions, or dismiss any employee, in its sole discretion.

· The Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to make adjustments to the Plan or to individual awards when it believes the integrity, purpose and fairness of the Plan would be better served, subject to the limitations in the Plan on making adjustments with respect to Covered Employees.  Any decisions of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

· It is intended that the Plan be ongoing, however, it may be necessary for the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time without prior notification.

· The Plan and any payments provided hereunder are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (including any valid and binding governmental regulations, court decisions and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder) (“Section 409A”).  The Plan shall in all respects be interpreted, operated, and administered in accordance with this intent.  Payments provided under the Plan may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption, including to the maximum extent possible, exemptions for separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service and/or short-term deferrals.  Any payments provided under the Plan to be made upon a termination of service that constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall only be made if such termination of service constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A.  Each installment payment provided under the Plan shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.  The Company makes no representations or warranties that the payments provided under the Plan comply with, or are exempt from, Section 409A, and in no event shall the Company be liable for any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest, or other expenses that may be incurred by a participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.  If a participant is a “specified employee” under Section 409A at the time of the participant’s termination of service, any payments to be made upon a termination of service that constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A and that are scheduled to be made within six months following the participant’s termination date shall be delayed, without interest, and paid in a lump sum on the earlier of (i) the first payroll date to occur following the six-month anniversary of the participant’s termination date, or (ii) the participant’s death, and any payments otherwise scheduled to be made thereafter shall be made in accordance with their original schedule.

· The Company shall have the authority, duty, and power to withhold from any award under this Plan the amount of any applicable federal, state, and local tax required to be withheld by the Company pursuant to any applicable laws or regulations.

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

Name of Subsidiary	State/Province of Incorporation
Primo Products, LLC	North Carolina
Primo Direct, LLC	North Carolina
Primo Refill, LLC	North Carolina
Primo Ice, LLC	North Carolina
Primo Refill Canada Corporation	British Columbia, Canada

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-175165 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-178820 on Form S-3 of Primo Water Corporation of our report dated March 17, 2014, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Primo Water Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 17, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION

I, Billy D. Prim, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Primo Water Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 17, 2014

/s/ Billy D. Prim

Billy D. Prim

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION

I, Mark Castaneda, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Primo Water Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 17, 2014

/s/ Mark Castaneda

Mark Castaneda

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Primo Water Corporation. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Billy D. Prim, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Mark Castaneda, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Primo Water Corporation and will be retained by Primo Water Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

/s/ Billy D. Prim	/s/ Mark Castaneda
Billy D. Prim	Mark Castaneda
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer
March 17, 2014	March 17, 2014

XML

Segments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segments [Abstract]

Segment Information

The following table presents segment information for each of the last two years:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Segment net sales
Water	$	63,828		$	62,667
Dispensers		27,381			28,812
	$	91,209		$	91,479
Segment income (loss) from operations
Water	$	17,591		$	16,477
Dispensers		827			(1,319	)
Corporate		(10,727	)		(11,468	)
Non-recurring costs		(777	)		(743	)
Depreciation and amortization		(11,333	)		(11,102	)
Goodwill and other impairments		–			(82,013	)
	$	(4,419	)	$	(90,168	)
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Water	$	10,057		$	9,777
Dispensers		575			633
Corporate		701			692
	$	11,333		$	11,102
Capital expenditures:
Water	$	6,964		$	4,315
Dispensers		62			910
Corporate		274			104
	$	7,300		$	5,329

Identifiable Assets and Goodwill by Segment

	At December 31,
Identifiable assets:	2013		2012
Water	$	58,057	$	65,483
Dispensers		9,757		9,490
Corporate		2,932		3,761
Assets of disposal group held for sale		225		3,041
	$	70,971	$	81,775

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Total rental expense from continuing operations	$ 1,209	$ 1,456
2014	412
2015	142
2016	53
2017	37
2018	37
Thereafter	81
Total	762
Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business [Member]
Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business [Abstract]
Deferred purchase price payments	$ 2,000

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 71,810	$ 67,708
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(33,176)	(25,761)
Property and equipment, net	38,634	41,947
Depreciation and amortization	11,333	11,102
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	87	87
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	8,347	8,046
Vending Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	24,083	21,757
Racks and Display Panels [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	33,562	32,452
Office Furniture and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	234	234
Software and Computer Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	3,972	3,738
Equipment Not in Service [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	1,525	1,396
Property and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization	$ 7,737	$ 7,809

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Effective Income Tax Rate, Continuing Operations, Tax Rate Reconciliation [Abstract]
Federal statutory taxes (in hundredths)	34.00%	34.00%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit (in hundredths)	3.80%	4.00%
Foreign taxes less than the domestic rate (in hundredths)	(0.40%)	(1.20%)
Permanent differences (in hundredths)	(0.20%)	0.00%
Change in valuation allowance (in hundredths)	(27.60%)	(34.80%)
Changes in rates (in hundredths)	(9.10%)	0.00%
Other (in hundredths)	(0.50%)	(1.00%)
Effective income tax rate (in hundredths)	0.00%	1.00%
Deferred tax assets:
Federal net operating loss carryforward	$ 40,308	$ 34,868
State loss carryforward	3,943	3,860
Goodwill	24,528	27,961
Other intangible assets	3,651	3,844
Allowance for bad debts	533	637
Stock-based compensation	1,473	1,214
Accrued expenses	62	140
Inventory	75	93
Fixed assets	662	77
Other	1,076	941
Total gross deferred tax assets	76,311	73,635
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets		0
Goodwill		0
Total gross deferred tax liabilities		0
Valuation allowance	(76,311)	(73,635)
Total net deferred liability	0	0
Change in amount of deferred tax asset valuation allowance	2,676	39,044
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefits	0
Uncertain tax positions	0
U.S. Federal [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	118,552
Expiration dates for operating loss carryforwards	2025 through 2033
Canadian Federal and Provincial [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	7,926
Expiration dates for operating loss carryforwards	2030 through 2033
State Jurisdiction [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 99,569
Expiration dates for operating loss carryforwards	2013 through 2034

XML

Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013
Omnifrio Single Serve Beverage Business [Abstract]
Total consideration			$ 14,060
Cash consideration			2,000
Issuance of common stock for purchase Consideration (in shares)			501
Cash payment on anniversary of closing date			2,000
Period of anniversary of closing date			15 months
Cash milestone payment			3,000
Cash milestone payment upon shipment of 5 beverage dispensing appliances			1,000
Cash milestone payment upon shipment of next 10 beverage dispensing appliances			1,000
Final cash milestone payments upon shipment of next 10 beverage dispensing appliances			1,000
Deferred purchase price payments due 2012			1,000
Deferred purchase price payments due 2013			1,000
Goodwill and Other Impairments [Abstract]
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			10		266
Fair value of barter credits recorded in other assets			187		1,009
Non-cash goodwill impairment charge	6,433	11,488		67,658
Non-cash impairment of developed technology				7,013
Assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group classified as held for sale [Abstract]
Current assets of disposal group held for sale	3,041		225	3,041
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale	2,784		92	2,784
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion	0		2,000	0
Operating costs and expenses:
Loss from discontinued operations			(1,862)	(17,779)
Flavorstation [Member]
Omnifrio Single Serve Beverage Business [Abstract]
Deferred purchase price payments included within current liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion	0		2,000	0
Assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group classified as held for sale [Abstract]
Accounts receivable, net	0		15	0
Inventories	2,794		200	2,794
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	247		10	247
Current assets of disposal group held for sale	3,041		225	3,041
Accounts payable	146		39	146
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	2,638		53	2,638
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale	2,784		92	2,784
Other long-term liabilities	0		2,000	0
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion	0		2,000	0
Net sales and operating results classified as discontinued operations [Abstract]
Net sales			2,706	363
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales			3,020	3,491
Selling, general and administrative			479	1,600
Other operating income			0	(2,457)
Depreciation and amortization			0	650
Goodwill and other impairments			1,069	14,742
Loss on disposal of fixed assets			0	116
Total operating costs and expenses			4,568	18,142
Loss from discontinued operations			(1,862)	(17,779)
Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business [Member]
Omnifrio Single Serve Beverage Business [Abstract]
Deferred purchase price payments included within current liabilities of disposal group held for sale			$ 2,000

XML

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable [Abstract]

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable

Debt, capital leases and notes payable are summarized as follows at December 31:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Senior revolving credit facility	$	3,145		$	7,077
Comvest Term Loans, net of discount		19,496			14,145
Notes payable and capital leases		29			44
		22,670			21,266
Less current portion		(16	)		(15	)
Long-term debt, notes payable and capital leases, net of current portion	$	22,654		$	21,251

Debt Maturities

The aggregate future maturities of debt, capital leases and notes payable as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

2014	$	16
2015		3,156
2016		21,001
2017		–
	$	24,173
Less:  amounts representing interest		(1	)
	$	24,172

XML

Segments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Segments [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	2
Number of reportable segments	2
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Segment net sales	$ 91,209	$ 91,479
Segment income (loss) from operations	(4,419)	(90,168)
Non-recurring costs	(777)	(743)
Depreciation and amortization	(11,333)	(11,102)
Goodwill and other impairment	0	(82,013)
Depreciation and amortization expense	11,333	11,102
Capital expenditures	7,300	5,329
Identifiable assets	70,971	81,775
Goodwill	0	0
Water [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Segment net sales	63,828	62,667
Segment income (loss) from operations	17,591	16,477
Depreciation and amortization	(10,057)	(9,777)
Depreciation and amortization expense	10,057	9,777
Capital expenditures	6,964	4,315
Identifiable assets	58,057	65,483
Goodwill		0	78,823
Dispensers [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Segment net sales	27,381	28,812
Segment income (loss) from operations	827	(1,319)
Depreciation and amortization	(575)	(633)
Depreciation and amortization expense	575	633
Capital expenditures	62	910
Identifiable assets	9,757	9,490
Corporate [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Segment income (loss) from operations	(10,727)	(11,468)
Depreciation and amortization	(701)	(692)
Depreciation and amortization expense	701	692
Capital expenditures	274	104
Identifiable assets	2,932	3,761
Assets of Disposal Group Held for Sale [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Identifiable assets	$ 225	$ 3,041

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Primo and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Our consolidated statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions.  We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the financial statements are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be affected.  Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, future cash flows associated with long-lived assets, fair value assumptions in analyzing goodwill, depreciation, valuation of intangible assets, valuation of deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Certain amounts reported previously have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, with no effect on stockholders’ equity or net loss as previously presented.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued Operations

As described in Note 4, during 2012, we committed to a plan to sell the assets of the sparkling beverage appliances, flavorings, CO2 cylinders and accessories business sold under the Flavorstation brand (the “Disposal Group”).  We determined that the Disposal Group meets the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.  As a result, the results of operations and financial position of the Disposal Group for the current and prior year are reflected as discontinued operations.

DS Waters Agreement

DS Waters’ Agreement

On November 12, 2013, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement (the “DS Agreement”) with DS Waters of America, Inc. (“DS Waters”) pursuant to which DS Waters will act as our primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the Exchange business in the United States.  Pursuant to the DS Agreement, DS Waters will become our primary bottler and distributor in the United States in all territories for which we do not currently have an existing distributor agreement and in other territories as existing distributor arrangements expire or are terminated.  We currently expect the transition from our current network of distributors to DS Waters to occur over a two year period.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized for the sale of multi-gallon purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to the retail store or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a multi-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty multi-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange discount. Self-service refill water revenue is recognized as the water is filtered, which is measured by the water dispensing equipment meter.

Revenue is recognized for the sale of our water dispenser products when title is transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to accept returns nor do we guarantee sales. However, we will at times accept returns or issue credits for manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues are recognized net of an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate based upon historical experience.

In addition, we offer certain incentives such as coupons and rebates that are netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. With the purchase of certain of our water dispensers we include a coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of purified water. No revenue is recognized with respect to the redemption of the coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of water and the estimated cost of the multi-gallon bottle of purified water is included in cost of sales.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

All trade accounts receivable are due from customers located within the United States and Canada. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts of $321 and $792 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.

	Beginning Balance		Amounts Charged or (Credited) to Expense			Deductions			Ending Balance
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	792		(275	)		(196	)	$	321
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	471		410			(89	)	$	792

Inventories

Inventories

Our inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Miscellaneous selling supplies such as labels are expensed when purchased.

Bottles

Bottles

Bottles consist of three- and five- gallon refillable polycarbonate bottles used in our exchange business and are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of two years.  During 2012, we changed our estimate of the useful life of bottles which resulted in incremental depreciation expense of $358 for the last six months of 2012 reported in depreciation and amortization in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Internal and external costs incurred to acquire and create internal use software are capitalized and amortized over the useful life of the software. Depreciation and amortization is generally calculated using straight-line methods over estimated useful lives that range from two to ten years, taking into account estimated salvage values for certain assets.

We incur maintenance costs on our major equipment. Maintenance, repair and minor refurbishment costs are charged to expense as incurred, while additions, renewals, and improvements are capitalized.

Customer Bottle Deposits

Customer Bottle Deposits

In our Canadian Exchange business, we collect a refundable deposit on each customer’s initial purchase of our water.  If a customer decides to exit our program, the deposit is refunded.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, customer bottle deposits of $708 and $773, respectively, were reported in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Beginning in 2013, we estimate a portion of deposits which, based on historical experience, we do not believe will be refunded to customers.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the customer bottle deposit liability was reduced by $180 for such estimates.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We classify intangible assets into three categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization and (3) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, primarily on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives.

We test intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. We perform these annual impairment tests as of the first day of our fourth quarter. In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we perform a two-step goodwill impairment test.  The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value is estimated based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flows and the market approach. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process is performed which compares the implied value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  We recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $67,658 and $11,488 effective December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, respectively, for the Water reporting unit.  As a result of these impairments, no Goodwill was reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a combination of the income approach, weighted based on the circumstances, using a discounted cash flow model, and a market approach, which considers comparable companies and transactions. Under the income approach, the discounted cash flow model determines fair value based on the present value of projected cash flows over a specific projection period and a residual value related to future cash flows beyond the projection period. Both values are discounted using a rate which reflects our best estimate of the weighted average cost of capital of a market participant, and is adjusted for appropriate risk factors. We perform sensitivity tests with respect to growth rates and discount rates used in the income approach. Under the market approach, valuation multiples are derived based on a selection of comparable companies and acquisition transactions, and applied to projected operating data for each reporting unit to arrive at an indication of fair value.

For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, the impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

U.S. GAAP requires recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period).  We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. The options generally vest over a period of one to four years, based on graded vesting, and expire ten years from the date of grant.

Research, Development and Engineering

Research, Development and Engineering

Research, development and engineering costs, primarily related to the design and innovation of water dispensers, are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

Costs incurred for producing and distributing advertising and advertising materials are expensed as incurred or the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs totaled $70 and $230 for 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Concentrations of Risk

Concentrations of Risk

Our principal financial instruments subject to potential concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses. We invest our funds in a highly rated institution and believe the financial risks associated with cash and cash equivalents are minimal. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $171 and $233, respectively, of our cash on deposit exceeded the insured limits.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and maintain allowances for doubtful accounts that we believe are sufficient to provide for losses that may be sustained on realization of accounts receivable.  We had two customers that accounted for approximately 45% and 25% of sales in 2013 and two customers that accounted for approximately 43% and 22% of sales in 2012.  We had three customers that accounted for approximately 42%, 11% and 8% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2013 and three customers that accounted for approximately 49%, 8% and 7% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2012.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share

Basic and Diluted Net loss Per Share

Net loss per share has been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted amounts per share include the dilutive impact, if any, of our outstanding potential common shares, such as options and warrants and convertible preferred stock. Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, stock options, unvested shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and warrants with respect to an aggregate of 2,611 and 1,976 shares have been excluded from the computation of the number of shares used in the diluted earnings per share, respectively.  These shares have been excluded because we incurred a net loss for each of these periods and their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.

As required by U.S. GAAP, we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

Cumulative Translation Adjustment and Foreign Currency Transactions

Cumulative Translation Adjustment and Foreign Currency Transactions

The local currency of our operations in Canada is considered to be the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of the Canada subsidiary are translated into U. S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rate prevailing throughout the period. The effects of unrealized exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U. S. dollars are accumulated as the cumulative translation adjustment included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the statement of stockholders’ equity. With the exception of transaction gains and losses on certain intercompany balances which we have determined are of a long-term investment nature, realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the statement of operations. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, accumulated other comprehensive loss balances of $430 and $36, respectively, were related to unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments and transaction gains and losses on certain intercompany balances.

Non-recurring costs

Non-recurring costs

Transactions that are unusual in nature or which occur infrequently, but not both, are reported as non-recurring costs on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Non-recurring costs consist primarily of legal and other expenses associated with the DS Agreement as well as other legal, severance and restructuring-related expenses.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

February 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component.  In addition, companies are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.   For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  We have adopted this updated guidance effective January 1, 2013.  The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

In July 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance requiring that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows.  To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  We will adopt this updated guidance effective January 1, 2014.  The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Loan	Dec. 31, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt, notes payable and capital leases	$ 22,670	$ 21,266
Less current portion	(16)	(15)
Long-term debt, notes payable and capital leases, net of current portion	22,654	21,251
Number of loans to which third amendment applicable	2
Debt Covenant EBITDA Threshold	90,267
Debt to EBITDA Ratio	2.7
Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Covenant EBITDA Threshold	8,800
Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt to EBITDA Ratio	3.7
Senior Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt, notes payable and capital leases	3,145	7,077
Financial covenants, limit on capital expenditure for year one	6,000
Term Loan [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt, notes payable and capital leases	19,496	14,145
Debt instrument, face amount	15,150
Fee paid in connection with the amendment	150
Interest rate (in hundredths)	12.50%
Outstanding borrowings	20,999
Financial covenants, limit on capital expenditure for year one	12,000
First Add-On Term Loan [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fee paid in connection with the amendment	425
Additional borrowing availability	3,000
Second Add-On Term Loan [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Additional borrowing availability	2,500
Third Add-On Term Loan [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fee paid in connection with the amendment	263
Additional borrowing availability	2,500
Notes Payable and Capital Leases [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt, notes payable and capital leases	$ 29	$ 44

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, Share-Based Compensation (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]
Exercise price of stock options in relation to fair market value (in hundredths)	100.00%
Stock-based compensation, options expiration period	10 years
Maximum [Member]
Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]
Stock-based compensation, options vesting period	4 years
Minimum [Member]
Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]
Stock-based compensation, options vesting period	1 year

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate and effective tax rates is as follows:

	2013			2012
Federal statutory taxes		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.8	%		4.0	%
Foreign taxes less than the domestic rate		(0.4	%)		(1.2	%)
Permanent differences		(0.2	%)		0.0	%
Change in valuation allowance		(27.6	%)		(34.8	%)
Changes in rates		(9.1	%)		0.0	%
Other		(0.5	%)		(1.0	%)
		0.0	%		1.0	%

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities. The following deferred income taxes are recorded:

	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Federal net operating loss carryforward	$	40,308		$	34,868
State loss carryforward		3,943			3,860
Goodwill		24,528			27,961
Other intangible assets		3,651			3,844
Allowance for bad debts		533			637
Stock-based compensation		1,473			1,214
Accrued expenses		62			140
Inventory		75			93
Fixed assets		662			77
Other		1,076			941
Total gross deferred tax assets		76,311			73,635
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets					-
Goodwill					-
Total gross deferred tax liabilities					-
Valuation allowance		(76,311	)		(73,635	)
Total net deferred liability	$	-		$	-

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Director	Dec. 31, 2012	Nov. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Detachable Common Stock Warrant related to Term Loan [Abstract]
Shares issued relating to detachable warrants (in shares)	1,731
Initial fair value of warrants issued	$ 1,108
Adjusted exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 2.30		$ 1.20
Warrants outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	2,602	871
Granted (in shares)		1,731
Warrants outstanding, ending balance (in shares)	2,602	2,602
Weighted Average Exercise Price, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.95	$ 4.95		$ 12.23
Weighted Average Exercise Price, granted (in dollars per share)		$ 1.28
Weighted Average Exercise Price, ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.95	$ 4.95		$ 12.23
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	5 years 4 months 2 days	6 years 4 months 2 days
Change in discount on Term Loan and Common Stock Warrants	$ 305
Revised exercise price of warrant at trailing average stock price (in hundredths)	150.00%
Duration of trailing average stock price related to revised exercise price of warrants	30 days
Number of current directors or stockholders as insider participants	5

XML

Bottles (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Bottles [Line Items]
Cost	$ 71,810	$ 67,708
Less accumulated depreciation	(33,176)	(25,761)
Property and equipment, net	38,634	41,947
Depreciation and amortization	11,333	11,102
Bottles [Member]
Bottles [Line Items]
Cost	4,535	4,439
Less accumulated depreciation	(431)	(601)
Property and equipment, net	4,104	3,838
Depreciation and amortization	$ 2,186	$ 1,908

XML

Goodwill and Other Impairment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Goodwill and Other Impairment [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Impairment

2. Goodwill and Other Impairments

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2012 are summarized as follows:

	Water
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	78,823
Goodwill impairment		(79,146	)
Effect of foreign currency translation		323
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	–

Effective October 1, 2012, we performed the annual impairment test of our goodwill.  The first step of the impairment test involves a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit that carries goodwill to its carrying value.  As of our impairment testing date, the Water reporting unit was the only reporting unit carrying goodwill.  The fair value is estimated based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flows and the market approach. Based on the results of step one of the impairment test, we determined that our Water reporting unit had a carrying value higher than its estimated fair value.  We performed the second step of impairment test which required us to compare the implied value of the reporting unit goodwill to its carrying value.  If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. We had to determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if we had acquired the reporting unit in an arm’s length transaction as of the testing date.  We performed this analysis by deducting the estimated fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.  Because the recorded amount of goodwill exceeded the amount of goodwill that would have been recorded under the second step as of the impairment testing date, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $67,658 million for the Water reporting unit, representing a full impairment.  The impairment was primarily the result of placing greater weight on the market valuation approach.  The sustained decrease in our stock price relative to our book value resulted in placing a greater weight on the market approach in determining the fair value of the Water reporting unit compared to our annual 2011 and interim 2012 impairment tests.

Effective June 30, 2012, we performed a step one interim impairment test of our goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets due to events and changes in circumstances that indicated impairment might have occurred.  The factor deemed by management to have constituted a potential impairment triggering event was the sustained decrease in our stock price relative to our book value.  This test was performed for each of our reporting units that carried goodwill as of the testing date:  Water and the Disposal Group.  See Note 4 for further discussion of the impairment recorded for the Disposal Group.  Based on the results of the step one test we determined that our Water reporting unit had a carrying value higher than its estimated fair value.  We performed the second step of the impairment test following the same approach described for our annual test and recorded an $11,488 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

Electrotemp Receivable

In October 2011, Primo, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, filed a complaint against our third-party manufacturer, Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc. for breach of contract that arose out of failure to credit us for defective water coolers (see “Electrotemp” in Note 11).  In connection with the warranty claims we had recorded a warranty receivable of $2,866 from the manufacturer, Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc.  As of December 31, 2012, as a result of the uncertainties of the outcome of the arbitration we recorded an impairment charge for the full amount of the warranty receivable reflected in Goodwill and other impairments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, Fair Value (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Advertising Costs [Abstract]
Advertising costs	$ 70	$ 230
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Cash deposit amounts in excess of insured limits	169	233
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share [Abstract]
Shares excluded from computation of number of shares used in diluted earnings per share (in shares)	2,611	1,976
Cumulative Translation Adjustment and Foreign Currency Transactions [Abstract]
Accumulated other comprehensive loss balances	$ (430)	$ (36)
Sales Revenue, Goods, Net [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration risk number of customers	2	2
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration risk number of customers	3	3
Customer 1 [Member] | Sales Revenue, Goods, Net [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	45.00%	43.00%
Customer 1 [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	42.00%	49.00%
Customer 2 [Member] | Sales Revenue, Goods, Net [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	25.00%	22.00%
Customer 2 [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	11.00%	8.00%
Customer 3 [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	8.00%	7.00%

XML

Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations [Abstract]

Financial Information of Disposal Group

The assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group classified as held for sale are summarized as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Current assets of disposal group held for sale
Accounts receivable, net	$	15	$	–
Inventories		200		2,794
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		10		247
	$	225	$	3,041
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale
Accounts payable		39		146
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		53		2,638
	$	92	$	2,784
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion
Other long-term liabilities		2,000		–
	$	2,000	$	–

The net sales and operating results classified as discontinued operations were as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net sales	$	2,706		$	363
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		3,020			3,491
Selling, general and administrative		479			1,600
Other operating income		–			(2,457	)
Depreciation and amortization		–			650
Goodwill and other impairments		1,069			14,742
Loss on disposal of fixed assets		–			116
Total operating costs and expenses		4,568			18,142
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(1,862	)	$	(17,779	)

XML

Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Amortized Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2013							December 31, 2012
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	15,926	$	(5,687	)	$	10,239	$	16,228	$	(4,704	)	$	11,524
Patent costs		1,188		(785	)		403		1,151		(420	)		731
		17,114		(6,472	)		10,642		17,379		(5,124	)		12,255
Unamortized intangible assets:
Trademarks		230		–			230		222		–			222
Total	$	17,344	$	(6,472	)	$	10,872	$	17,601	$	(5,124	)	$	12,477

Amortization Expense for Intangible Assets

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1,410 and $1,385 in 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Amortization expense related to intangible assets, which is an estimate for each future year and subject to change, is as follows:

2014		1,222
2015		1,006
2016		871
2017		852
2018		848
Thereafter		5,843
Total	$	10,642

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified			12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Omnifrio Milestone Payments [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Omnifrio Milestone Payments [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Omnifrio Milestone Payments [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period			$ 0	$ 2,559	$ 0
Total gains (realized or unrealized)
Original value of milestones recorded at acquisition					3,000
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations			0	(2,559)	(441)
Balance at end of period			0	0	2,559
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	10	266
Fair value of barter credits recorded in other assets	$ 187	$ 1,009

XML

Goodwill and Other Impairment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance, beginning of period				$ 0
Balance, end of period	0		0	0
Developed Technology Impairment [Abstract]
Non-cash impairment charge	6,433	11,488	67,658
Water [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance, beginning of period		78,823	78,823
Goodwill impairment			(79,146)
Effect of foreign currency translation			323
Balance, end of period	0		0
Developed Technology Impairment [Abstract]
Non-cash impairment charge		11,488	67,658
Electrotemp [Member]
Developed Technology Impairment [Abstract]
Non-cash impairment charge			2,866
Warranty receivable				$ 2,866

XML

Bottles (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Bottles [Abstract]

Bottles

Bottles are summarized as follows at December 31:

	2013			2012
Cost	$	4,535		$	4,439
Less accumulated depreciation		(431	)		(601	)
	$	4,104		$	3,838

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is summarized as follows at December 31:

	2013			2012
Leasehold improvements	$	87		$	87
Machinery and equipment		8,347			8,046
Vending equipment		24,083			21,757
Racks and display panels		33,562			32,452
Office furniture and equipment		234			234
Software and computer equipment		3,972			3,738
Equipment not in service		1,525			1,396
		71,810			67,708
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(33,176	)		(25,761	)
	$	38,634		$	41,947

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Primo Water Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Primo”, “we”, “our,” “us”) is a leading provider of multi-gallon purified bottled water, self-service refill water and water dispensers sold through major retailers in the United States and Canada.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Primo and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Our consolidated statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions.  We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the financial statements are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be affected.  Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, future cash flows associated with long-lived assets, fair value assumptions in analyzing goodwill, depreciation, valuation of intangible assets, valuation of deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts reported previously have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, with no effect on stockholders’ equity or net loss as previously presented.

Discontinued Operations

As described in Note 4, during 2012, we committed to a plan to sell the assets of the sparkling beverage appliances, flavorings, CO2 cylinders and accessories business sold under the Flavorstation brand (the “Disposal Group”).  We determined that the Disposal Group meets the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.  As a result, the results of operations and financial position of the Disposal Group for the current and prior year are reflected as discontinued operations.

DS Waters’ Agreement

On November 12, 2013, we entered into a strategic alliance agreement (the “DS Agreement”) with DS Waters of America, Inc. (“DS Waters”) pursuant to which DS Waters will act as our primary bottler and distributor and provider of exchange and supply services for the Exchange business in the United States.  Pursuant to the DS Agreement, DS Waters will become our primary bottler and distributor in the United States in all territories for which we do not currently have an existing distributor agreement and in other territories as existing distributor arrangements expire or are terminated.  We currently expect the transition from our current network of distributors to DS Waters to occur over a two year period.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized for the sale of multi-gallon purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to the retail store or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a multi-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty multi-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange discount. Self-service refill water revenue is recognized as the water is filtered, which is measured by the water dispensing equipment meter.

Revenue is recognized for the sale of our water dispenser products when title is transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to accept returns nor do we guarantee sales. However, we will at times accept returns or issue credits for manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues are recognized net of an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate based upon historical experience.

In addition, we offer certain incentives such as coupons and rebates that are netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. With the purchase of certain of our water dispensers we include a coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of purified water. No revenue is recognized with respect to the redemption of the coupon for a free multi-gallon bottle of water and the estimated cost of the multi-gallon bottle of purified water is included in cost of sales.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

All trade accounts receivable are due from customers located within the United States and Canada. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts of $321 and $792 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.

	Beginning Balance		Amounts Charged or (Credited) to Expense			Deductions			Ending Balance
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	792		(275	)		(196	)	$	321
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	471		410			(89	)	$	792

Inventories

Our inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Miscellaneous selling supplies such as labels are expensed when purchased.

Bottles

Bottles consist of three- and five- gallon refillable polycarbonate bottles used in our exchange business and are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of two years.  During 2012, we changed our estimate of the useful life of bottles which resulted in incremental depreciation expense of $358 for the last six months of 2012 reported in depreciation and amortization in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Internal and external costs incurred to acquire and create internal use software are capitalized and amortized over the useful life of the software. Depreciation and amortization is generally calculated using straight-line methods over estimated useful lives that range from two to ten years, taking into account estimated salvage values for certain assets.

We incur maintenance costs on our major equipment. Maintenance, repair and minor refurbishment costs are charged to expense as incurred, while additions, renewals, and improvements are capitalized.

Customer Bottle Deposits

In our Canadian Exchange business, we collect a refundable deposit on each customer’s initial purchase of our water.  If a customer decides to exit our program, the deposit is refunded.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, customer bottle deposits of $708 and $773, respectively, were reported in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Beginning in 2013, we estimate a portion of deposits which, based on historical experience, we do not believe will be refunded to customers.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the customer bottle deposit liability was reduced by $180 for such estimates.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We classify intangible assets into three categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization and (3) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, primarily on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives.

We test intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. We perform these annual impairment tests as of the first day of our fourth quarter. In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we perform a two-step goodwill impairment test.  The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value is estimated based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flows and the market approach. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process is performed which compares the implied value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  We recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $67,658 and $11,488 effective December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, respectively, for the Water reporting unit.  As a result of these impairments, no Goodwill was reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a combination of the income approach, weighted based on the circumstances, using a discounted cash flow model, and a market approach, which considers comparable companies and transactions. Under the income approach, the discounted cash flow model determines fair value based on the present value of projected cash flows over a specific projection period and a residual value related to future cash flows beyond the projection period. Both values are discounted using a rate which reflects our best estimate of the weighted average cost of capital of a market participant, and is adjusted for appropriate risk factors. We perform sensitivity tests with respect to growth rates and discount rates used in the income approach. Under the market approach, valuation multiples are derived based on a selection of comparable companies and acquisition transactions, and applied to projected operating data for each reporting unit to arrive at an indication of fair value.

For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, the impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  

Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

Stock-Based Compensation

U.S. GAAP requires recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period).  We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. The options generally vest over a period of one to four years, based on graded vesting, and expire ten years from the date of grant.

Research, Development and Engineering

Research, development and engineering costs, primarily related to the design and innovation of water dispensers, are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Costs incurred for producing and distributing advertising and advertising materials are expensed as incurred or the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs totaled $70 and $230 for 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Concentrations of Risk

Our principal financial instruments subject to potential concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses. We invest our funds in a highly rated institution and believe the financial risks associated with cash and cash equivalents are minimal. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $171 and $233, respectively, of our cash on deposit exceeded the insured limits.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and maintain allowances for doubtful accounts that we believe are sufficient to provide for losses that may be sustained on realization of accounts receivable.  We had two customers that accounted for approximately 45% and 25% of sales in 2013 and two customers that accounted for approximately 43% and 22% of sales in 2012.  We had three customers that accounted for approximately 42%, 11% and 8% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2013 and three customers that accounted for approximately 49%, 8% and 7% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2012.

Basic and Diluted Net loss Per Share

Net loss per share has been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted amounts per share include the dilutive impact, if any, of our outstanding potential common shares, such as options and warrants and convertible preferred stock. Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, stock options, unvested shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and warrants with respect to an aggregate of 2,611 and 1,976 shares have been excluded from the computation of the number of shares used in the diluted earnings per share, respectively.  These shares have been excluded because we incurred a net loss for each of these periods and their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.

As required by U.S. GAAP, we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

Cumulative Translation Adjustment and Foreign Currency Transactions

The local currency of our operations in Canada is considered to be the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of the Canada subsidiary are translated into U. S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rate prevailing throughout the period. The effects of unrealized exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U. S. dollars are accumulated as the cumulative translation adjustment included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the statement of stockholders’ equity. With the exception of transaction gains and losses on certain intercompany balances which we have determined are of a long-term investment nature, realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the statement of operations. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, accumulated other comprehensive loss balances of $430 and $36, respectively, were related to unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments and transaction gains and losses on certain intercompany balances.

Non-recurring costs

Transactions that are unusual in nature or which occur infrequently, but not both, are reported as non-recurring costs on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Non-recurring costs consist primarily of legal and other expenses associated with the DS Agreement as well as other legal, severance and restructuring-related expenses.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

February 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component.  In addition, companies are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.   For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  We have adopted this updated guidance effective January 1, 2013.  The adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

In July 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance requiring that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows.  To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  We will adopt this updated guidance effective January 1, 2014.  The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

	2013		2012
Accrued payroll and related items	$	335	$	351
Accrued severance		164		363
Accrued professional and other expenses		1,405		1,905
Accrued interest		229		219
Accrued sales tax payable		217		351
Customer bottle deposits		708		773
Other		322		343
	$	3,380	$	4,305

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Supplemental Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Cash paid for interest	$	3,278	$	1,841
Noncash investing activities:
Accrued capital expenditures	$	1,313	$	1,090

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense	$ 1,034	$ 1,252
Shares available for issuance (in shares)	799
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Risk-free interest rate, minimum (in hundredths)	1.10%	0.80%
Risk-free interest rate, maximum (in hundredths)	2.00%	1.00%
Expected volatility (in hundredths)	47.00%
Expected volatility, minimum (in hundredths)		46.00%
Expected volatility, maximum (in hundredths)		48.00%
Dividend yield (in hundredths)	0.00%	0.00%
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Options vested and expected to vest (in shares)	1,289
Options exercisable (in shares)	595
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Disclosures [Line Items]
Purchase price specified as percentage of fair market value (in hundredths)	85.00%
Maximum percentage of compensation that can be allocated to employee stock purchases plan (in hundredths)	15.00%
Maximum amount of annual compensation that may be attributed to employee stock purchase plan	25
Number of shares purchased (in shares)	65
Average price of shares purchased through the employee stock purchase plan (in dollars per share)	$ 1.01
Number of shares reserved for future issuance (in shares)	147
Value Creation Plan [Abstract]
Target EBITDA one	15,000
Target EBITDA two	20,000
Target EBITDA three	25,000
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Expected life of options in years	6 years 3 months 18 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Options outstanding (in shares)	1,350
Granted (in shares)	250
Exercised (in shares)	(53)
Forfeited (in shares)	(160)
Options outstanding (in shares)	1,387	1,350
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Options outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 3.93
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 2.07
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 1.26
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 4.27
Options outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 3.66	$ 3.93
Options vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	$ 3.79
Options exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 5.89
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	8 years
Options vested and expected to vest, weighted average remaining life	7 years 10 months 24 days
Options exercisable, weighted average remaining life	6 years 10 months 24 days
Options outstanding, aggregate intrinsic value	1,355
Options vested and expected to vest, aggregate intrinsic value	1,248
Options exercisable, aggregate intrinsic value	492
Weighted average fair value of options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.02	$ 0.52
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	44	0
Unrecognized compensation costs	440
Weighted average period for cost recognition	2 years
Cash received from option exercises	66	0
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Unrecognized compensation cost, recognition period	2 years
Stock Options [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Expected life of options in years		6 years 3 months 18 days
Stock Options [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Expected life of options in years		5 years 6 months
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Weighted average period for cost recognition	1 year 4 months 24 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Restricted Stock Unvested, beginning balance (in shares)	173
Restricted Stock Granted (in shares)	80
Restricted Stock Vested (in shares)	(189)
Restricted Stock Forfeited (in shares)	(1)
Restricted Stock Unvested, ending balance (in shares)	63
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Restricted Stock Unvested, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 5.49
Restricted Stock Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.44
Restricted Stock Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 4.09
Restricted Stock Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 12.45
Restricted Stock Unvested, ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.36
Unrecognized compensation expense	$ 91
Unrecognized compensation cost, recognition period	1 year 4 months 24 days
Stock Plan 2004 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	431
Stock Plan 2010 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	2,219

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current assets:
Cash	$ 394	$ 234
Accounts receivable, net	7,614	9,894
Inventories	6,346	7,572
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,274	812
Current assets of disposal group held for sale	225	3,041
Total current assets	15,853	21,553
Bottles, net	4,104	3,838
Property and equipment, net	38,634	41,947
Intangible assets, net	10,872	12,477
Other assets	1,508	1,960
Total assets	70,971	81,775
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	10,943	11,455
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	3,380	4,305
Current portion of capital leases and notes payable	16	15
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale	92	2,784
Total current liabilities	14,431	18,559
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current portion	22,654	21,251
Other long-term liabilities	330	352
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion	2,000	0
Total liabilities	39,415	40,162
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value - 10,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value - 70,000 shares authorized, 24,076 and 23,772 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	24	24
Additional paid-in capital	273,379	272,336
Common stock warrants	8,420	8,420
Accumulated deficit	(249,837)	(239,131)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(430)	(36)
Total stockholders' equity	31,556	41,613
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 70,971	$ 81,775

XML

Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Amortized intangible assets: [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	$ 17,114	$ 17,379
Accumulated amortization	(6,472)	(5,124)
Net intangible assets	10,642	12,255
Amortized and unamortized intangible assets: [Abstract]
Total Gross Carrying Amount	17,344	17,601
Total Accumulated Amortization	(6,472)	(5,124)
Net Intangible Assets	10,872	12,477
Amortization expense for intangible assets	1,410	1,385
Future amortization expense: [Abstract]
2014	1,222
2015	1,006
2016	871
2017	852
2018	848
Thereafter	5,843
Total	10,642
Trademarks [Member]
Unamortized intangible assets: [Abstract]
Unamortized intangible assets, Gross Carrying Amount	230	222
Customer Relationships [Member]
Amortized intangible assets: [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	15,926	16,228
Accumulated amortization	(5,687)	(4,704)
Net intangible assets	10,239	11,524
Patent Costs [Member]
Amortized intangible assets: [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	1,188	1,151
Accumulated amortization	(785)	(420)
Net intangible assets	$ 403	$ 731

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Common Stock Warrants [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 24	$ 271,220	$ 7,007	$ (520)	$ (128,102)	$ 149,629
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2011	23,658
Increase (Decrease) in Partners' Capital [Roll Forward]
Employee stock compensation plans, net	0	1,290	0	0	0	1,290
Employee stock compensation plans, net (in shares)	114
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs	0	(174)	0	0	0	(174)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs (in shares)	0
Issuance and modification of warrant	0	0	1,413	0	0	1,413
Net loss	0	0	0	0	(111,029)	(111,029)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	0	0	0	484	0	484
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	24	272,336	8,420	(36)	(239,131)	41,613
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2012	23,772
Increase (Decrease) in Partners' Capital [Roll Forward]
Employee stock compensation plans, net	0	1,047	0	0	0	1,047
Employee stock compensation plans, net (in shares)	304
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs	0	(4)	0	0	0	(4)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs (in shares)	0
Net loss	0	0	0	0	(10,706)	(10,706)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	0	0	0	(394)	0	(394)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 24	$ 273,379	$ 8,420	$ (430)	$ (249,837)	$ 31,556
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013	24,076

XML

Employee Retirement Savings Plan (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Employee Retirement Savings Plan [Abstract]
Minimum eligibility age for employee retirement savings plan	21 years
Service period required for qualification	2 months
Vesting percentage for employee contribution (in hundredths)	100.00%
Vesting percentage for employer contribution (in hundredths)	25.00%
Number of years of employment required for full vesting	4 years
Number of hours of service required for year of service	1000 hours
Employer matching contribution percentage (in hundredths)	50.00%
Maximum employee contribution percentage eligible for matching by the employer (in hundredths)	6.00%
Percentage of employer matching which is subject to contingency (in hundredths)	50.00%
Contribution expense	$ 46	$ 47

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions

For purposes of determining compensation expense for stock option awards, the fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model for options granted during 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

	2013	2012
Expected life of options in years	6.3	5.5 - 6.3
Risk-free interest rate	1.1% - 2.0%	0.8% - 1.0%
Expected volatility	47.0%	46.0% - 48.0%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%

Stock Option Activity

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013, is presented as follows:

	Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,350		$	3.93
Granted		250		$	2.07
Exercised		(53	)	$	1.26
Forfeited		(160	)	$	4.27
Options outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,387		$	3.66		8.0	$	1,355
Options vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2013		1,289		$	3.79		7.9	$	1,248
Options exercisable, December 31, 2013		595		$	5.89		6.9	$	492

Restricted Stock Activity

A summary of restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Price Per Share
Unvested at December 31, 2012		173		$	5.49
Granted		80		$	1.44
Vested		(189	)	$	4.09
Forfeited		(1	)	$	12.45
Unvested at December 31, 2013		63		$	4.36

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Supplemental Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

15. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

	Year ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Cash paid for interest	$	3,278	$	1,841
Noncash investing activities:
Accrued capital expenditures	$	1,313	$	1,090

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases

We lease office space and vehicles under various lease arrangements.  Total rental expense from continuing operations was $1,209 and $1,456 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

2014	$	412
2015		142
2016		53
2017		37
2018		37
Thereafter		81
Total	$	762

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

17. Subsequent Events

Third Add-On Term Loan

As described in Note 8, in January 2014 we received the proceeds from the $2,500 Third Add-On Term Loan.  At January 31, 2014, our outstanding balance under our Comvest Term Loans was $23,499.

DS Waters’ Common Stock Warrant

As part of the DS Agreement, on January 1, 2014, we granted DS Waters a warrant to purchase 475 shares of our common stock.  The warrant is immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $3.04 per share and expires January 1, 2021.  

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (10,706)	$ (111,029)
Less: Loss from discontinued operations	(1,862)	(17,779)
Loss from continuing operations	(8,844)	(93,250)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	11,333	11,102
Stock-based compensation expense	1,034	1,252
Non-cash interest expense	1,162	2,002
Deferred income tax expense	0	(961)
Goodwill impairment	0	82,013
Other	(6)	263
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	2,464	2,253
Inventories	1,205	(1,257)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(308)	(100)
Accounts payable	(437)	943
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	(970)	1,602
Net cash provided by operating activities	6,633	5,862
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(4,793)	(4,038)
Purchases of bottles, net of disposals	(2,507)	(1,291)
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment	38	81
Additions to and acquisitions of intangible assets	(45)	(663)
Net cash used in investing activities	(7,307)	(5,911)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities	91,135	46,194
Payments under revolving credit facilities	(95,067)	(53,617)
Borrowings under Comvest Term loans	5,500	15,150
Note payable and capital lease payments	(15)	(14)
Debt issuance costs	(797)	(2,203)
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of issuance costs	(4)	(491)
Stock option and employee stock purchase activity, net	130	39
Net cash provided by financing activities	882	5,058
Net increase in cash	208	5,009
Cash, beginning of year	234	751
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(104)	9
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations from:
Operating activities	56	(5,226)
Investing activities	0	(309)
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations	56	(5,535)
Cash, end of period	$ 394	$ 234

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	10,000	10,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	70,000	70,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	24,076	23,772
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	24,076	23,772

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Overview

In 2004, our Board of Directors adopted the Primo Water Corporation 2004 Stock Plan (the “2004 Plan”) for employees, including officers, non-employee directors and non-employee consultants. The Plan provides for the issue of incentive or nonqualified stock options and restricted common stock. We have reserved 431 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. We do not intend to issue any additional awards under the 2004 Plan; however, all outstanding awards will remain in effect and will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

In April 2010, our stockholders adopted the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The 2010 Plan is limited to employees, officers, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, cash- or stock-based performance awards and other stock-based awards. We have reserved 2,219 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan.  To date all equity awards under the 2010 Plan have consisted of nonqualified stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units.

We recorded non-cash expense related to our stock-based compensation plans of $1,034 and $1,252 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, all of which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses from continuing operations.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 799 shares available for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans.

Stock Options

For purposes of determining compensation expense for stock option awards, the fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model for options granted during 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

	2013	2012
Expected life of options in years	6.3	5.5 - 6.3
Risk-free interest rate	1.1% - 2.0%	0.8% - 1.0%
Expected volatility	47.0%	46.0% - 48.0%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%

The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the expected life at the time of grant.  As a result of our limited trading history beginning on November 5, 2010, our expected volatility is based on the average long-term historical volatilities of peer companies. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine expected volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.  Also, due to our limited trading history, we are using the “simplified method” to calculate expected holding periods, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. We will continue to use this method until we have sufficient historical exercise experience to give us confidence that our calculations based on such experience will be reliable.  The dividend yield assumption is based on our current intent not to issue dividends.

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013, is presented as follows:

	Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,350		$	3.93
Granted		250		$	2.07
Exercised		(53	)	$	1.26
Forfeited		(160	)	$	4.27
Options outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,387		$	3.66		8.0	$	1,355
Options vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2013		1,289		$	3.79		7.9	$	1,248
Options exercisable, December 31, 2013		595		$	5.89		6.9	$	492

The weighted-average fair value per share of the options granted during 2013 and 2012 was $1.02 and $0.52, respectively.  The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during 2013 and 2012 was $44 and $0, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $440 of unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to outstanding stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years.  Cash received from option exercises for 2013 and 2012 was $66 and $0, respectively.

Restricted Stock

A summary of restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Price Per Share
Unvested at December 31, 2012		173		$	5.49
Granted		80		$	1.44
Vested		(189	)	$	4.09
Forfeited		(1	)	$	12.45
Unvested at December 31, 2013		63		$	4.36

The fair value of restricted stock awards is estimated based on the closing price of our stock on the date of grant, and, for the purposes of expense recognition, the total new number of shares expected to vest is adjusted for estimated forfeitures.  As of December 31, 2013, there was $91 of unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested restricted stock which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In April 2010, our stockholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) which was effective upon the consummation of our IPO.  The ESPP provides for the purchase of common stock and is generally available to all employees.  Shares are purchased at six-month intervals at 85% of the lower of the fair market value on the first day of the offering or the last day of each six-month purchase period.  Employees may purchase shares having a fair value not exceeding 15% of their annual compensation, or $25, whichever is less.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, employees purchased 65 shares at an average price of $1.01 per share.  At December 31, 2013, there were 147 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

Value Creation Plan

On May 7, 2012, we established a Value Creation Plan, which was amended on May 14, 2013, which provides the opportunity for awards comprised of cash and/or equity for eligible employees as determined by the Compensation Committee. Award issuance under the Plan would be based on our achieving targets of at least $15,000, $20,000 and $25,000 in Adjusted EBITDA for any fiscal year between 2014 and 2018.  No awards were issued under the Plan during 2013 or 2012.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 07, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	Primo Water Corp
Entity Central Index Key	0001365101
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Public Float			$ 36,558,604
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		24,076,244
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease office space and vehicles under various lease arrangements.  Total rental expense from continuing operations was $1,209 and $1,456 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

2014	$	412
2015		142
2016		53
2017		37
2018		37
Thereafter		81
Total	$	762

Class Action Suit

On August 14, 2013, the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the securities class action lawsuit brought against Primo, certain members of our board of directors, certain members of management, and certain shareholders and company advisors.  The plaintiffs’ complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and asserted such claims on behalf of a class of persons who acquired our common stock in or traceable to our initial public offering and secondary offering as well as purchasers of common stock between November 4, 2010 and August 10, 2011.  The Court dismissed all claims asserted in the case with prejudice, and entered judgment in favor of all defendants.  No appeal was taken by the plaintiffs, and the judgment became final as of September 13, 2013.

Electrotemp

On October 14, 2011, Primo, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, filed a complaint against Electrotemp Technologies China, Inc. ("Electrotemp") in Mecklenburg County (North Carolina) Superior Court, alleging breach of contract, quantum meruit/unjust enrichment, and violation of the North Carolina Products Liability Act/breach of implied warranty.  The parties filed a Joint Motion to stay litigation so that they could proceed with mediation and arbitration pursuant to the dispute resolution clause in their agreement.  On May 1, 2012, the Court ordered that the litigation would be stayed once the parties formally enter into arbitration.  Electrotemp asserted counterclaims in the arbitration.  On September 26, 2013, the parties reached a settlement that resulted in termination of the arbitration and dismissal of the lawsuit.  The lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice on October 3, 2013. We do not believe that the terms of the settlement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

Florida Concentrates Suit

On October 16, 2012, Primo was served with the Summons and Complaint in a suit filed in the Florida state courts on September 26, 2012.  Plaintiffs in the suit are Florida Concentrates International, LLC (a Florida limited liability company), Florida Sparkling DS, LLC (a Florida limited liability company), and Didier Hardy (a Florida resident and apparently the principal of the LLC plaintiffs).  Also named as defendants are Susan and Scott Ballantyne (alleged to be Florida residents) and SDS-IC.  The suit was filed in the Circuit Court for the Twentieth Judicial District (Collier County, Florida).  Plaintiffs' allegations include breach of contract, misappropriation of trade secrets and certain additional claims and plaintiffs seek monetary damages.  We filed a motion to dismiss all claims, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 21, 2013.  Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on July 10, 2013 to which we responded on August 28, 2013.We do not believe that the suit has any merit whatsoever, and plan to vigorously contest and defend against it.

Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business

Deferred purchase price payments totaling $2,000 were included within liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion and current liabilities of disposal group held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These payments were related to the April 11, 2011 acquisition of certain intellectual property and other assets from the seller, Omnifrio Beverage Company LLC (“Omnifrio”).  On July 19, 2013, we entered into a conditional settlement and release agreement with Omnifrio and certain other parties pursuant to which we agreed to, among other things, use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the assets purchased from Omnifrio in April 2011 and to provide Omnifrio certain amounts of the proceeds of any such sale in exchange for Omnifrio agreeing to release us from any claims related to the milestone payments included in our original purchase agreement with Omnifrio and, upon the sale of such assets, to release us from any claims related to the deferred purchase price payments included in such agreement.

Sales Tax

We routinely purchase equipment for use in operations from various vendors.  These purchases are subject to sales tax depending on the equipment type and local sales tax regulations; however, we believe certain vendors have not assessed the appropriate sales tax.  For purchases that are subject to sales tax in which we believe the vendor did not assess the appropriate amount, we accrue an estimate of the sales tax liability we ultimately expect to pay.

Other Contingencies

From time to time, we are involved in various claims and legal actions that arise in the normal course of business. Management believes that the outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 91,209	$ 91,479
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales	68,367	70,081
Selling, general and administrative expenses	15,151	17,708
Non-recurring costs	777	743
Depreciation and amortization	11,333	11,102
Goodwill and other impairments	0	82,013
Total operating costs and expenses	95,628	181,647
Loss from operations	(4,419)	(90,168)
Interest expense and other, net	4,425	4,043
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(8,844)	(94,211)
Income tax benefit	0	(961)
Loss from continuing operations	(8,844)	(93,250)
Loss from discontinued operations	(1,862)	(17,779)
Net loss	$ (10,706)	$ (111,029)
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
Loss from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.37)	$ (3.93)
Loss from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.08)	$ (0.75)
Net loss (in dollars per share)	$ (0.45)	$ (4.68)
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (in shares)	23,935	23,725

XML

Bottles

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Bottles [Abstract]

Bottles

5. Bottles

Bottles are summarized as follows at December 31:

	2013			2012
Cost	$	4,535		$	4,439
Less accumulated depreciation		(431	)		(601	)
	$	4,104		$	3,838

Depreciation expense for bottles was $2,186 and $1,908 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations [Abstract]

Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations

4. Omnifrio Acquisition and Discontinued Operations

Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business

On April 11, 2011, we completed the acquisition of certain intellectual property and other assets (the “Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business”) from Omnifrio Beverage Company, LLC (“Omnifrio”) for total consideration of up to $14,060, consisting of:  (i) a cash payment at closing of $2,000; (ii) the issuance at closing of 501 shares of our common stock; (iii) a cash payment of $2,000 on the 15-month anniversary of the closing date (subject to our setoff rights in the asset purchase agreement); (iv) up to $3,000 in cash milestone payments; and (v) the assumption of certain specified liabilities relating to the Omnifrio Single-Serve Beverage Business.

On March 15, 2012, we entered into the Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Second Amendment") with Omnifrio and the other parties thereto. The Second Amendment amends the Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2011, as amended on May 11, 2011, by and among the Primo, Omnifrio and the other parties thereto (the "Purchase Agreement”) to revise the cash milestone payments and deferred purchase price payments payable under the Purchase Agreement.

Under the Second Amendment, we agreed to make milestone payments consisting of (i) a cash payment of $1,000, subject to certain offset amounts, upon our shipment of 5 single-serve beverage dispensing appliances to a retail customer, (ii) a second cash payment of $1,000, subject to certain offset amounts, upon our shipment of the next 10 single-serve beverage dispensing appliances to a retail customer, and (iii) a final cash payment of $1,000, subject to certain offset amounts, upon our shipment of the next 10 single-serve beverage dispensing appliances to a retail customer. Additionally, under the Second Amendment, our deferred purchase price payments were revised as follows: (i) $1,000 on June 11, 2012 and (ii) $1,000 on January 4, 2013.

Delays in the development and manufacturing of the Omnifrio appliance caused us to significantly decrease our future sales projections, which caused the reduction in the estimated fair value of the milestone payments.  We do not expect to make any cash milestone payments.  The decrease in estimated fair value of the milestone payments resulted in other operating income of $2,457 for the year ended December 31, 2012, which is shown as a component of the loss from discontinued operations (see “Discontinued Operations” below for details for the loss from discontinued operations; see Note 13 for full fair value information).

On July 19, 2013, we entered into a conditional settlement and release agreement with Omnifrio and certain other parties pursuant to which we agreed to, among other things, use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the assets purchased from Omnifrio and to provide Omnifrio certain amounts of the proceeds of any such sale in exchange for Omnifrio agreeing to release us from any claims related to the milestone payments included in our original purchase agreement with Omnifrio and, upon the sale of such assets, to release us from any claims related to the deferred purchase price payments included in such agreement.  At December 31, 2013, no such sale had been negotiated and deferred purchase price payments totaling $2,000 were included within liabilities of Disposal Group held for sale, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets.  The deferred purchase price payments totaled $2,000 at December 31, 2012 and were included within current liabilities of Disposal Group held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets.

Discontinued Operations

During 2012, we committed to a plan to sell the assets of the Disposal Group, which includes sparkling beverage appliances, flavorings, CO2 cylinders and accessories sold under the Flavorstation brand as well as the Omnifrio Single-Serve Business and initiated an active program to execute this plan.  In addition, we determined that the Disposal Group met all of the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.  As a result, current and prior year amounts and disclosures reflect these operations as discontinued operations.

The assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group classified as held for sale are summarized as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Current assets of disposal group held for sale
Accounts receivable, net	$	15	$	–
Inventories		200		2,794
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		10		247
	$	225	$	3,041
Current liabilities of disposal group held for sale
Accounts payable		39		146
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		53		2,638
	$	92	$	2,784
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale, net of current portion
Other long-term liabilities		2,000		–
	$	2,000	$	–

The net sales and operating results classified as discontinued operations were as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net sales	$	2,706		$	363
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		3,020			3,491
Selling, general and administrative		479			1,600
Other operating income		–			(2,457	)
Depreciation and amortization		–			650
Goodwill and other impairments		1,069			14,742
Loss on disposal of fixed assets		–			116
Total operating costs and expenses		4,568			18,142
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(1,862	)	$	(17,779	)

Goodwill and Other Impairments

During the first quarter of 2013, we sold a portion of the inventory of the Disposal Group in a transaction in which we received cash and barter credits.  We valued the barter credits at the fair value of the products and services to be received upon exchange as they have a more readily determinable fair value than the products exchanged.  We initially recorded the barter credits at their estimated fair value of $266 and $1,009 in prepaid expenses and other current assets and in other assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Subsequently, during the fourth quarter of 2013, based on changes in our estimated future levels of usage, we recorded a non-cash impairment of $1,069 for the barter credits reflected in the results of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.  At December 31, 2013, the barter credits were recorded at their fair value of $10 and $187 in prepaid expenses and other current assets and in other assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As described in Note 2, effective June 30, 2012, we performed goodwill and other intangible asset impairment tests.  In addition to the sustained decrease in our stock price relative to our book value, we noted that delays in product development and manufacturing of the Omnifrio Single-Serve Business appliance created an indication of impairment in the related goodwill and developed technology definite-lived intangible asset.  We recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment of $6,433.  The developed technology intangible asset was also considered impaired as its carrying value exceeded its undiscounted cash flows.  We recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $7,013 for the developed technology intangible asset.  These impairment charges are included in the results of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Employee Retirement Savings Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Employee Retirement Savings Plan [Abstract]

Employee Retirement Savings Plan

16. Employee Retirement Savings Plan

We sponsor a defined contribution plan that covers substantially all full-time employees who are at least 21 years of age and who have completed at least two months of service.  Plan participants may make before tax elective contributions up to the maximum percentage of compensation and dollar amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code.  Plan participants are 100% vested in their elective contributions at all times and are vested 25% per year of service for four years in our discretionary contributions.  A year of service for vesting purposes is 1,000 hours of service in a Plan year.  In 2010, our Board of Directors established a company match of up to 50% of the employee contributions up to 6% of their salaries, with 50% of the matching amount being contingent upon our achievement of certain specified objectives to be determined by our Board of Directors.  Contribution expense for the plan was $47 and $47 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

12. Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate and effective tax rates is as follows:

	2013			2012
Federal statutory taxes		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.8	%		4.0	%
Foreign taxes less than the domestic rate		(0.4	%)		(1.2	%)
Permanent differences		(0.2	%)		0.0	%
Change in valuation allowance		(27.6	%)		(34.8	%)
Changes in rates		(9.1	%)		0.0	%
Other		(0.5	%)		(1.0	%)
		0.0	%		1.0	%

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities. The following deferred income taxes are recorded:

	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Federal net operating loss carryforward	$	40,308		$	34,868
State loss carryforward		3,943			3,860
Goodwill		24,528			27,961
Other intangible assets		3,651			3,844
Allowance for bad debts		533			637
Stock-based compensation		1,473			1,214
Accrued expenses		62			140
Inventory		75			93
Fixed assets		662			77
Other		1,076			941
Total gross deferred tax assets		76,311			73,635
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets					-
Goodwill					-
Total gross deferred tax liabilities					-
Valuation allowance		(76,311	)		(73,635	)
Total net deferred liability	$	-		$	-

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, available taxes in the carryback periods, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Accordingly, we have provided valuation allowances to fully offset the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The $2,676 and $39,044 net increase in the valuation allowance for 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily reflects the net increase in the federal and state loss carryfoward deferred tax assets.

We have approximately $118,552 in U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards that expire between 2025 through 2033, approximately $7,926 in Canadian federal and provincial net operating loss carryforwards that expire between 2030 through 2033 and approximately $99,569 in state loss carryforwards that expire between 2013 through 2034.  Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that might be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant changes in stock ownership.  We believe that an annual limit will be imposed by Section 382, however, should taxable income be generated in future years, we expect to be able to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards during their respective carryforward periods.

We have no unrecognized tax benefits and there are no uncertain tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within the next 12 months.

XML

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable [Abstract]

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable

8. Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable

Debt, capital leases and notes payable are summarized as follows at December 31:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Senior revolving credit facility	$	3,145		$	7,077
Comvest Term Loans, net of discount		19,496			14,145
Notes payable and capital leases		29			44
		22,670			21,266
Less current portion		(16	)		(15	)
Long-term debt, notes payable and capital leases, net of current portion	$	22,654		$	21,251

Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into a senior revolving credit facility in November 2010 that was amended in April 2011, September 2011, November 2011 and March 2012 (“Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility”).  The Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility matured on April 30, 2012 and was repaid in full in connection with the closing of the Senior Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and the Term Loan (as defined below).  We amortized the remaining amount of deferred loan costs related to the Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility at maturity.  Interest expense related to deferred loan costs amortization for the Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility totaled $1,246 for the year ended December 31, 2012.  

Senior Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Facility on April 30, 2012, as amended on February 21, 2013, that replaced our prior senior credit facility.  The Senior Revolving Credit Facility provides for total borrowing availability of up to $20,000, subject to borrowing base requirements related to our eligible accounts receivable and inventory and subject to a $2,000 reserve requirement. The Senior Revolving Credit Facility has a three and one-half year term and is secured either on a first priority or second priority basis by substantially all of our assets. The term of the Senior Revolving Credit Facility may be extended up to April 30, 2017 so long as the maturity of the Comvest Term Loans (as defined below) is extended to at least October 30, 2017. At December 31, 2013, we had $3,145 in outstanding borrowings at a weighted-average interest rate of 6.0%, with $511 in additional availability under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility after giving effect to the borrowing base requirements.

Interest on outstanding borrowings under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility is payable at our option at either a floating base rate or a one-, two- or three-month LIBOR rate. We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the unused amount of the commitment under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  The Senior Revolving Credit Facility contains a limit on capital expenditures of $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for each year thereafter.  The limit for capital expenditures may be increased based upon meeting the fixed charge coverage ratio, as stipulated and defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the limit was increased based upon our fixed charge coverage ratio.  In addition, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility does cross default to the Term Loan.  Life-to-date costs associated with the Senior Revolving Credit Facility were $883, which were capitalized and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the term of the debt.  At December 31, 2013, accumulated amortization related to Senior Revolving Credit Facility deferred loan costs was $418.

Comvest Term Loans

We entered into a credit and security agreement on April 30, 2012 (the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which a $15,150 term loan (the “Term Loan”) was provided.  The Credit Agreement was amended on November 6, 2012 (the “First Amendment”) to contemplate the plan to exit the Flavorstation business (see Note 4) and provide for the classification of the operating results related to the Disposal Group as discontinued operations.  In connection with the amendment, the lender consented to our sale of inventory and other assets related to the Disposal Group outside the ordinary course of business.  Also in connection with the First Amendment, we paid the lender a $150 fee and agreed to certain changes to prepayment penalties and financial covenants.

The Credit Agreement was amended on June 14, 2013 (the “Second Amendment”) to provide for an additional $3,000 in borrowing under an additional term loan (the “First Add-On Term Loan”, and together with the Term Loan, the “Second Add-On Term Loan” and the “Third Add-On Term Loan” described below, the “Comvest Term Loans”), adjust the interest rate on the Term Loan, eliminate certain financial covenants and make further adjustments to prepayment penalties.  Under the terms of the Second Amendment, interest on outstanding amounts owed under the Comvest Term Loans is payable at the rate of 12.5% per annum in cash.  Also in connection with the Second Amendment, we paid the lender amendment and funding fees of $425.

On December 24, 2013, we entered into an amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement to provide for two additional term loans: the $2,500 “Second Add-On Term Loan” provided on the date of the Third Amendment; and the $2,500 “Third Add-On Term Loan” provided in January 2014.  The interest and other terms of the Second and Third Add-On Term Loans are consistent with those described above for the First Add-On Term Loan.  The Third Amendment also revised the Credit Agreement to make certain adjustments to the definition of EBITDA to contemplate the strategic alliance with DS Waters and the increasing minimum EBITDA thresholds applicable to Primo that are measured at the end of each quarter, as described below.  Also in connection with the Third Amendment, we paid the lender amendment and funding fees of $263.

The outstanding balance of the Comvest Term Loans is due and payable in a single installment on April 30, 2016, subject to prepayment in specified circumstances, including sales or dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business and sales of equity or debt securities by the Company. The Comvest Term Loans are secured by substantially all of our assets on either a first priority or second priority basis. The first priority assets consist of substantially all of the assets related to our refill services business. The security interest in all of our other assets is subordinate to the security interest securing the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2013, our outstanding balance under our Comvest Term Loans was $20,999.

The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants: (i) a limit on capital expenditures of $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for each year thereafter; (ii) an increasing minimum adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”)  threshold that is measured at the end of each quarter, and (iii) a decreasing total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio that is measured at the end of each quarter, and.

At December 31, 2013 we were in compliance with all covenants, including the following:  the minimum Adjusted EBITDA threshold was $8,800 and our Adjusted EBITDA was $9,067 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013; and the maximum allowed total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio was 3.7:1 and our ratio was 2.7:1 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

Life-to-date costs associated with the Term Loan were $1,124, which were capitalized and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the term of the debt.  Life-to-date costs associated with the Second and Third Amendments were $761, which were reflected as a discount on our debt and will be amortized as part of interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.  

Concurrently with the closing of the Term Loan, five of our current directors or stockholders (the “Insider Participants”) purchased an aggregate of $1,150 in non-recourse, non-voting, last-out participation interests from the bank providing the Term Loan. These participation interests allow each holder to participate to the extent of such holder’s percentage share in the Term Loan and such participations are secured by the same assets as the Term Loan. The Insider Participants include Billy D. Prim, Malcolm McQuilkin and Jack C. Kilgore, all three of whom are current directors of Primo. Mr. Prim is also our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Prim, Mr. McQuilkin and Mr. Kilgore purchased $250, $500 and $50 in participation interests, respectively.

The Term Loan was accompanied by a detachable warrant to purchase 1,731 shares of our common stock, including detachable warrants to purchase 131 shares of our common stock received by the Insider Participants. The warrant is immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.30 per share and expires April 30, 2020.  The terms of the warrants issued to the Insider Participants are identical to the terms of the warrant described above. Mr. Prim, Mr. McQuilkin and Mr. Kilgore were issued warrants to purchase 29, 57 and 6 shares of our common stock, respectively.  The initial fair value of the warrants as determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model was $1,108 that resulted in an original issue discount on the Term Loan that will be amortized into interest expense through the maturity of the Term Loan.   For the non-Insider Participants, the exercise price was adjusted to $1.20 as part of the amendment on November 6, 2012.   Due to the price adjustment, $305 was added to the original issue discount on the Term Loan, representing the change in the estimated fair value immediately before and after the modification, and will be amortized into interest expense through the remaining maturity of the Term Loan.  The revised warrant exercise price was set at 150% of the 30 day trailing average stock price.  No changes were made to the warrants we issued to the five directors and stockholders of Primo.

We periodically enter into notes for purchases of delivery vehicles for field operations and had three such notes outstanding at December 31, 2013.

The aggregate future maturities of debt, capital leases and notes payable as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

2014	$	16
2015		3,156
2016		21,001
2017		–
	$	24,173
Less:  amounts representing interest		(1	)
	$	24,172

Accounts payable included $5,050 and $5,310 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of amounts owed to a supplier with extended payment terms allowing us to pay in 120 days.  $1,728 and $2,338 of these amounts were aged greater than 60 days at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Interest expense includes financing costs of $669 for the year ended December 31, 2013 related to amounts owed to this supplier.

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Nov. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event [Member]
Third Ad-on Term Loan [Abstract]
Proceeds received from the Add-On term loan			$ 2,500
Outstanding balance, term loan			$ 23,499
DS Waters Common Stock Warrant [Abstract]
Warrants granted (in shares)	1,731		475
Warrants exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 2.30	$ 1.20	$ 3.04

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is summarized as follows at December 31:

	2013			2012
Leasehold improvements	$	87		$	87
Machinery and equipment		8,347			8,046
Vending equipment		24,083			21,757
Racks and display panels		33,562			32,452
Office furniture and equipment		234			234
Software and computer equipment		3,972			3,738
Equipment not in service		1,525			1,396
		71,810			67,708
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(33,176	)		(25,761	)
	$	38,634		$	41,947

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $7,737 and $7,809 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

	2013		2012
Accrued payroll and related items	$	335	$	351
Accrued severance		164		363
Accrued professional and other expenses		1,405		1,905
Accrued interest		229		219
Accrued sales tax payable		217		351
Customer bottle deposits		708		773
Other		322		343
	$	3,380	$	4,305

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock Warrants

As described in Note 8, the Term Loan was accompanied by a detachable warrant to purchase 1,731 shares of our common stock.  The initial fair value of the warrants as determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model of $1,108 was recorded as an increase to original issue discount on the Term Loan and to Common stock warrants.

For the non-Insider Participants, the exercise price was adjusted to $1.20 as part of the amendment on November 6, 2012.   The original issue discount on the Term Loan and Common stock warrants were increased by $305, representing the change in the estimated fair value immediately before and after the modification.  The revised warrant exercise price was set at 150% of the 30-day trailing average stock price.  No changes were made to the warrants we issued to the five directors and stockholders of Primo.

A summary of common stock warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is presented below:

	Warrants		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2011		871	$	12.23
Granted		1,731	$	1.28
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2012		2,602	$	4.95		6.34
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2013		2,602	$	4.95		5.34

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]

Common Stock Warrant Activity

A summary of common stock warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is presented below:

	Warrants		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2011		871	$	12.23
Granted		1,731	$	1.28
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2012		2,602	$	4.95		6.34
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2013		2,602	$	4.95		5.34

XML

Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable, Line of Credit Facility (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Director Note	Dec. 31, 2012	Nov. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Mr. Prim [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Mr. McQuilkin [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Mr. Kilgore [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Insider Participants [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Second and Third Amendment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Prior Senior Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Senior Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Term Loan [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Maturity date									Apr. 30, 2012
Interest expense related to deferred loan costs amortization									$ 1,246
Total borrowing availability										20,000
Reserve requirement										2,000
Maturity term										3 years 6 months
Expiration date										Oct. 30, 2017
Outstanding borrowings										3,145
Weighted-average interest rate (in hundredths)										6.00%
Additional borrowing availability										511
Deferred loan costs capitalized								761		883	1,124
Deferred loan costs, net										418
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Number of current directors or stockholders as insider participants	5
Non-recourse, non-voting, last-out participation interests purchased	1,150			250	500	50
Number of current directors who are insider participants	3
Number of shares of common stocks entitled by warrants (in shares)	1,731			29	57	6	131
Exercise price of warrants (in dollars per share)	$ 2.30		$ 1.20
Warrants, expiration date	April 30, 2020
Initial fair value of warrants	1,108
Additional discount added to term loan due to price adjustment	305
Revised exercise price of warrant at trailing average stock price (in hundredths)	150.00%
Duration of trailing average stock price related to revised exercise price of warrants	30 days
Number of notes outstanding	3
Accounts payable due in 120 days owed to supplier	5,050	5,310
Accounts payable greater than 60 days owed to supplier	1,728	2,338
Financing costs related to amount owed to supplier	669
Maturities of Long-term Debt [Abstract]
2014	16
2015	3,156
2016	21,001
2017	0
Long-term Debt	24,173
Less: amounts representing interest	(1)
Long-term Debt, Total	$ 24,172

XML

Segments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segments [Abstract]

Segments

14. Segments

We have two operating segments and two reportable segments: Primo Water (“Water”) and Primo Dispensers (“Dispensers”).

Our Water segment sales consist of the sale of multi-gallon purified bottled water (exchange services) and our self-service refill water service (refill services) offered through retailers in each of the contiguous United States and Canada. Our Water services are offered through point of purchase display racks or self-serve filtered water displays and recycling centers that are prominently located at major retailers in space that is often underutilized.

Our Dispensers segment sells water dispensers that are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our Dispensers sales are primarily generated through major U.S. retailers and are sold primarily through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenues for the sale of the water dispensers when title is transferred. We support retail sell-through with domestic inventory. We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection of our water dispensers.

We evaluate the financial results of these segments focusing primarily on segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations before depreciation and amortization (“segment income (loss) from operations”). We utilize segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations because we believe they provide useful information for effectively allocating our resources between business segments, evaluating the health of our business segments based on metrics that management can actively influence and gauging our investments and our ability to service, incur or pay down debt.

Cost of sales for Water consists of costs for distribution, bottles and related packaging materials for our exchange services and servicing and material costs for our refill services. Cost of sales for Dispensers consists of contract manufacturing, freight and duties.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for Water and Dispensers consist primarily of personnel costs for sales, marketing, operations support and customer service, as well as other supporting costs for operating each segment.

Expenses not specifically related to operating segments are shown separately as Corporate. Corporate expenses are comprised mainly of compensation and other related expenses for corporate support, information systems, and human resources and administration. Corporate expenses also include certain professional fees and expenses and compensation of our Board of Directors.

The following table presents segment information for each of the last two years:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Segment net sales
Water	$	63,828		$	62,667
Dispensers		27,381			28,812
	$	91,209		$	91,479
Segment income (loss) from operations
Water	$	17,591		$	16,477
Dispensers		827			(1,319	)
Corporate		(10,727	)		(11,468	)
Non-recurring costs		(777	)		(743	)
Depreciation and amortization		(11,333	)		(11,102	)
Goodwill and other impairments		–			(82,013	)
	$	(4,419	)	$	(90,168	)
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Water	$	10,057		$	9,777
Dispensers		575			633
Corporate		701			692
	$	11,333		$	11,102
Capital expenditures:
Water	$	6,964		$	4,315
Dispensers		62			910
Corporate		274			104
	$	7,300		$	5,329

	At December 31,
Identifiable assets:	2013		2012
Water	$	58,057	$	65,483
Dispensers		9,757		9,490
Corporate		2,932		3,761
Assets of disposal group held for sale		225		3,041
	$	70,971	$	81,775

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

All trade accounts receivable are due from customers located within the United States and Canada. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts of $321 and $792 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.

	Beginning Balance		Amounts Charged or (Credited) to Expense			Deductions			Ending Balance
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	792		(275	)		(196	)	$	321
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	471		410			(89	)	$	792

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued payroll and related items	$ 335	$ 351
Accrued severance	164	363
Accrued professional and other expenses	1,405	1,905
Accrued interest	229	219
Accrued sales tax payable	217	351
Customer bottle deposits	708	773
Other	322	343
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$ 3,380	$ 4,305

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance		$ 471	$ 792	$ 471
Amounts Charged or (Credited) to Expense			(275)	410
Deductions			(196)	(89)
Ending Balance	792		321	792
DS Waters' Agreement [Abstract]
Period of agreement			2 years
Customer Bottle Deposits [Abstract]
Customer bottle deposits	773		708	773
Decrease in customer bottle deposit liability			180
Goodwill and Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Non-cash impairment charge	6,433	11,488		67,658
Goodwill	0		0	0
Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life			2 years
Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life			10 years
Bottles [Member]
Property and Equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life			2 years
Depreciation expense	$ 358
Bottles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment [Abstract]
Volume of refillable polycarbonate bottles			3
Bottles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment [Abstract]
Volume of refillable polycarbonate bottles			5

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (10,706)	$ (111,029)
Other comprehensive (income) loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net	(394)	484
Comprehensive loss	$ (11,100)	$ (110,545)

XML

Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

3. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2013							December 31, 2012
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	15,926	$	(5,687	)	$	10,239	$	16,228	$	(4,704	)	$	11,524
Patent costs		1,188		(785	)		403		1,151		(420	)		731
		17,114		(6,472	)		10,642		17,379		(5,124	)		12,255
Unamortized intangible assets:
Trademarks		230		–			230		222		–			222
Total	$	17,344	$	(6,472	)	$	10,872	$	17,601	$	(5,124	)	$	12,477

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1,410 and $1,385 in 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Amortization expense related to intangible assets, which is an estimate for each future year and subject to change, is as follows:

2014		1,222
2015		1,006
2016		871
2017		852
2018		848
Thereafter		5,843
Total	$	10,642

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Noncash or Part Noncash Acquisitions [Line Items]
Cash paid for interest	$ 3,278	$ 1,841
Noncash investing and financing activities
Accrued capital expenditures	$ 1,313	$ 1,090

XML

Goodwill and Other Impairment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Goodwill and Other Impairment [Abstract]

Changes in the Carrying Amount of Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2012 are summarized as follows:

	Water
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	78,823
Goodwill impairment		(79,146	)
Effect of foreign currency translation		323
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	–

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value of Recurring, Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The following tables present our activity for the Omnifrio which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Fair value measurements using signficant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Description	Omnifrio Milestone payments
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	2,559
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations		(2,559	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	–
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations	$	–
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	–

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

13. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value rules currently apply to all financial assets and liabilities and for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are required to be recognized or disclosed at fair value. For this purpose, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

• Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

• Level 2 — observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

• Level 3 — unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

During 2012, the Omnifrio milestone payments were required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis.  The Omnifrio milestone payments were measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).  As described more fully in Note 4, the milestone payments were estimated to have a fair value of $0 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and are part of the Disposal Group and classified as discontinued operations.

The following tables present our activity for the Omnifrio which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Fair value measurements using signficant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Description	Omnifrio Milestone payments
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	2,559
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations		(2,559	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	–
Change in value of milestones, included in loss from discontinued operations	$	–
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	–

As of December 31, 2013, the barter credits (see Note 4) reported in prepaid and other current assets and in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets were measured at their estimated fair values of $10 and $187, respectively, on a nonrecurring basis.  The barter credits are measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs, primarily based on the fair value of the products and services to be received upon exchange (Level 3 inputs).

The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.  Assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group held for sale are presented at their carrying value, which approximates fair value based on current market rates.  Based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of debt, capital leases and notes payable approximates fair value. For goodwill impairment testing we rely in part on a discounted cash flow approach, using Level 3 inputs. This approach requires significant estimates and judgmental factors, including revenue growth rates, terminal values, and weighted average cost of capital, which are used to discount future cash flows.